summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat
-rw-r--r--.gitattributes3
-rw-r--r--33917-8.txt2930
-rw-r--r--33917-8.zipbin0 -> 54032 bytes
-rw-r--r--33917-h.zipbin0 -> 87800 bytes
-rw-r--r--33917-h/33917-h.htm4605
-rw-r--r--33917-h/images/front.jpgbin0 -> 31656 bytes
-rw-r--r--33917.txt2930
-rw-r--r--33917.zipbin0 -> 54012 bytes
-rw-r--r--LICENSE.txt11
-rw-r--r--README.md2
10 files changed, 10481 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/33917-8.txt b/33917-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e9b174
--- /dev/null
+++ b/33917-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,2930 @@
+Project Gutenberg's The Science of Being Well, by Wallace Delois Wattles
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Science of Being Well
+
+Author: Wallace Delois Wattles
+
+Release Date: October 18, 2010 [EBook #33917]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE SCIENCE OF BEING WELL ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Norbert H. Langkau, Jana Srna and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
+book was produced from scanned images of public domain
+material from the Google Print project.)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Illustration:
+ Very Truly Yours
+ W D Wattles]
+
+
+
+ THE
+ SCIENCE OF
+ BEING WELL
+
+ BY
+ WALLACE D. WATTLES
+
+ Author of "The Science of Getting Rich,"
+ etc.
+
+ PRICE, $1.00
+
+ PUBLISHED BY
+ ELIZABETH TOWNE
+ HOLYOKE, MASS.
+ 1910
+
+
+
+ COPYRIGHT, SEPTEMBER, 1910
+ BY
+ WALLACE D. WATTLES
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+
+ PAGE
+ PREFACE 5
+ I. THE PRINCIPLE OF HEALTH 9
+ II. THE FOUNDATION OF FAITH 17
+ III. LIFE AND ITS ORGANISMS 27
+ IV. WHAT TO THINK 35
+ V. FAITH 46
+ VI. USE OF THE WILL 56
+ VII. HEALTH FROM GOD 65
+ VIII. SUMMARY OF THE MENTAL ACTIONS 74
+ IX. WHEN TO EAT 80
+ X. WHAT TO EAT 89
+ XI. HOW TO EAT 99
+ XII. HUNGER AND APPETITES 108
+ XIII. IN A NUTSHELL 116
+ XIV. BREATHING 125
+ XV. SLEEP 133
+ XVI. SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS 139
+ XVII. A SUMMARY OF THE SCIENCE OF BEING WELL 151
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE.
+
+
+This volume is the second of a series, the first of which is "THE
+SCIENCE OF GETTING RICH." As that book is intended solely for those who
+want money, so this is for those who want health, and who want a
+practical guide and handbook, not a philosophical treatise. It is an
+instructor in the use of the universal Principle of Life, and my effort
+has been to explain the way in so plain and simple a fashion that the
+reader, though he may have given no previous study to New Thought or
+metaphysics, may readily follow it to perfect health. While retaining
+all essentials, I have carefully eliminated all non-essentials; I have
+used no technical, abstruse, or difficult language, and have kept the
+one point in view at all times.
+
+As its title asserts, the book deals with science, not speculation. The
+monistic theory of the universe--the theory that matter, mind,
+consciousness, and life are all manifestations of one Substance--is now
+accepted by most thinkers; and if you accept this theory, you cannot
+deny the logical conclusions you will find herein. Best of all, the
+methods of thought and action prescribed have been tested by the author
+in his own case, and in the case of hundreds of others during twelve
+years of practice, with continuous and unfailing success. I can say of
+the Science of Being Well that it works; and that wherever its laws are
+complied with, it can no more fail to work than the science of geometry
+can fail to work. If the tissues of your body have not been so destroyed
+that continued life is impossible, you can get well; and if you will
+think and act in a Certain Way, you will get well.
+
+If the reader wishes to fully understand the monistic theory of the
+cosmos, he is recommended to read Hegel and Emerson; to read also "The
+Eternal News," a pamphlet by J. J. Brown, 300 Cathcart Road, Govanhill,
+Glasgow, Scotland. Some enlightenment may also be found in a series of
+articles by the author, which were published in _The Nautilus_, Holyoke,
+Mass., during the year 1909, under the title, "What Is Truth?"
+
+Those who wish more detailed information as to the performance of the
+voluntary functions--eating, drinking, breathing, and sleeping--may read
+"New Science of Living and Healing," "Letters to a Woman's Husband," and
+"The Constructive Use of Foods," booklets by W. D. Wattles, which may be
+obtained from the publishers of this book. I would also recommend the
+writings of Horace Fletcher, and of Edward Hooker Dewey. Read all these,
+if you like, as a sort of buttress to your faith; but let me warn you
+against making the mistake of studying many conflicting theories, and
+practicing, at the same time, parts of several different "systems"; for
+if you get well, it must be by giving your WHOLE MIND to the _right_ way
+of thinking and living. Remember that the SCIENCE OF BEING WELL claims
+to be a complete and sufficient guide in every particular. Concentrate
+upon the way of thinking and acting it prescribes, and follow it in
+every detail, and you will get well; or if you are already well, you
+will remain so. Trusting that you will go on until the priceless
+blessing of perfect health is yours, I remain,
+
+ Very truly yours,
+
+ WALLACE D. WATTLES.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+THE PRINCIPLE OF HEALTH.
+
+
+In the personal application of the Science of Being Well, as in that of
+the Science of Getting Rich, certain fundamental truths must be known in
+the beginning, and accepted without question. Some of these truths we
+state here:--
+
+The perfectly natural performance of function constitutes health; and
+the perfectly natural performance of function results from the natural
+action of the Principle of Life. There is a Principle of Life in the
+universe; it is the One Living Substance from which all things are made.
+This Living Substance permeates, penetrates, and fills the interspaces
+of the universe; it is in and through all things, like a very refined
+and diffusible ether. All life comes from it; its life is all the life
+there is.
+
+Man is a form of this Living Substance, and has within him a Principle
+of Health. (The word Principle is used as meaning source.) The Principle
+of Health in man, when in full constructive activity, causes all the
+voluntary functions of his life to be perfectly performed.
+
+It is the Principle of Health in man which really works all healing, no
+matter what "system" or "remedy" is employed; and this Principle of
+Health is brought into Constructive Activity by thinking in a Certain
+Way.
+
+I proceed now to prove this last statement. We all know that cures are
+wrought by all the different, and often opposite, methods employed in
+the various branches of the healing art. The allopath, who gives a
+strong dose of a counter-poison, cures his patient; and the homeopath,
+who gives a diminutive dose of the poison most similar to that of the
+disease, also cures it. If allopathy ever cured any given disease, it is
+certain that homeopathy never cured that disease; and if homeopathy ever
+cured an ailment, allopathy could not possibly cure that ailment. The
+two systems are radically opposite in theory and practice; and yet both
+"cure" most diseases. And even the remedies used by physicians in any
+one school are not the same. Go with a case of indigestion to half a
+dozen doctors, and compare their prescriptions; it is more than likely
+that none of the ingredients of any one of them will be in the others.
+Must we not conclude that their patients are healed by a Principle of
+Health within themselves, and not by something in the varying
+"remedies"?
+
+Not only this, but we find the same ailments cured by the osteopath with
+manipulations of the spine; by the faith healer with prayer, by the food
+scientist with bills of fare, by the Christian Scientist with a
+formulated creed statement, by the mental scientist with affirmation,
+and by the hygienists with differing plans of living. What conclusion
+can we come to in the face of all these facts but that there is a
+Principle of Health which is the same in all people, and which really
+accomplishes all the cures; and that there is something in all the
+"systems" which, under favorable conditions, arouses the Principle of
+Health to action? That is, medicines, manipulations, prayers, bills of
+fare, affirmations, and hygienic practices cure whenever they cause the
+Principle of Health to become active; and fail whenever they do not
+cause it to become active. Does not all this indicate that the results
+depend upon the way the patient thinks about the remedy, rather than
+upon the ingredients in the prescription?
+
+There is an old story which furnishes so good an illustration on this
+point that I will give it here. It is said that in the middle ages, the
+bones of a saint, kept in one of the monasteries, were working miracles
+of healing; on certain days a great crowd of the afflicted gathered to
+touch the relics, and all who did so were healed. On the eve of one of
+these occasions, some sacrilegious rascal gained access to the case in
+which the wonder-working relics were kept and stole the bones; and in
+the morning, with the usual crowd of sufferers waiting at the gates, the
+fathers found themselves shorn of the source of the miracle-working
+power. They resolved to keep the matter quiet, hoping that by doing so
+they might find the thief and recover their treasures; and hastening to
+the cellar of the convent they dug up the bones of a murderer, who had
+been buried there many years before. These they placed in the case,
+intending to make some plausible excuse for the failure of the saint to
+perform his usual miracles on that day; and then they let in the waiting
+assemblage of the sick and infirm. To the intense astonishment of those
+in the secret, the bones of the malefactor proved as efficacious as
+those of the saint; and the healing went on as before. One of the
+fathers is said to have left a history of the occurrence, in which he
+confessed that, in his judgment, the healing power had been in the
+people themselves all the time, and never in the bones at all.
+
+Whether the story is true or not, the conclusion applies to all the
+cures wrought by all the systems. The Power that Heals is in the patient
+himself; and whether it shall become active or not does not depend upon
+the physical or mental means used, but upon the way the patient thinks
+about these means. There is a Universal Principle of Life, as Jesus
+taught; a great spiritual Healing Power; and there is a Principle of
+Health in man which is related to this Healing Power. This is dormant or
+active, according to the way a man thinks. He can always quicken it into
+activity by thinking in a Certain Way.
+
+Your getting well does not depend upon the adoption of some system, or
+the finding of some remedy; people with your identical ailments have
+been healed by all systems and all remedies. It does not depend upon
+climate; some people are well and others are sick in all climates. It
+does not depend upon avocation, unless in case of those who work under
+poisonous conditions; people are well in all trades and professions.
+Your getting well depends upon your beginning to think--and act--in a
+Certain Way.
+
+The way a man thinks about things is determined by what he believes
+about them. His thoughts are determined by his faith, and the results
+depend upon his making a personal application of his faith. If a man has
+faith in the efficacy of a medicine, and is able to apply that faith to
+himself, that medicine will certainly cause him to be cured; but though
+his faith be great, he will not be cured unless he applies it to
+himself. Many sick people have faith for others but none for
+themselves. So, if he has faith in a system of diet, and can personally
+apply that faith, it will cure him; and if he has faith in prayers and
+affirmations and personally applies his faith, prayers and affirmations
+will cure him. Faith, personally applied, cures; and no matter how great
+the faith or how persistent the thought, it will not cure without
+personal application. The Science of Being Well, then, includes the two
+fields of thought and action. To be well it is not enough that man
+should merely think in a Certain Way; he must apply his thought to
+himself, and he must express and externalize it in his outward life by
+acting in the same way that he thinks.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+THE FOUNDATIONS OF FAITH.
+
+
+Before man can think in the Certain Way which will cause his diseases to
+be healed, he must believe in certain truths which are here stated:--
+
+All things are made from one Living Substance, which, in its original
+state, permeates, penetrates, and fills the interspaces of the universe.
+While all visible things are made from It, yet this Substance, in its
+first formless condition is in and through all the visible forms that It
+has made. Its life is in All, and its intelligence is in All.
+
+This Substance creates by thought, and its method is by taking the form
+of that which it thinks about. The thought of a form held by this
+substance causes it to assume that form; the thought of a motion causes
+it to institute that motion. Forms are created by this substance in
+moving itself into certain attitudes or positions. When Original
+Substance wishes to create a given form, it thinks of the motions which
+will produce that form. When it wishes to create a world, it thinks of
+the motions, perhaps extending through ages, which will result in its
+coming into the attitude and form of the world; and these motions are
+made. When it wishes to create an oak tree, it thinks of the sequences
+of movement, perhaps extending through ages, which will result in the
+form of an oak tree; and these motions are made. The particular
+sequences of motion by which differing forms should be produced were
+established in the beginning; they are changeless. Certain motions
+instituted in the Formless Substance will forever produce certain forms.
+
+Man's body is formed from the Original Substance, and is the result of
+certain motions, which first existed as thoughts of Original Substance.
+The motions which produce, renew, and repair the body of man are called
+functions, and these functions are of two classes: voluntary and
+involuntary. The involuntary functions are under the control of the
+Principle of Health in man, and are performed in a perfectly healthy
+manner so long as man thinks in a certain way. The voluntary functions
+of life are eating, drinking, breathing, and sleeping. These, entirely
+or in part, are under the direction of man's conscious mind; and he can
+perform them in a perfectly healthy way if he will. If he does not
+perform them in a healthy way, he cannot long be well. So we see that if
+man thinks in a certain way, and eats, drinks, breathes, and sleeps in a
+corresponding way, he will be well.
+
+The involuntary functions of man's life are under the direct control of
+the Principle of Health, and so long as man thinks in a perfectly
+healthy way, these functions are perfectly performed; for the action of
+the Principle of Health is largely directed by man's conscious thought,
+affecting his sub-conscious mind.
+
+Man is a thinking center, capable of originating thought; and as he does
+not know everything, he makes mistakes and thinks error. Not knowing
+everything, he believes things to be true which are not true. Man holds
+in his thought the idea of diseased and abnormal functioning and
+conditions, and so perverts the action of the Principle of Health,
+causing diseased and abnormal functioning and conditions within his own
+body. In the Original Substance there are held only the thoughts of
+perfect motion; perfect and healthy function; complete life. God never
+thinks disease or imperfection. But for countless ages men have held
+thoughts of disease, abnormality, old age, and death; and the perverted
+functioning resulting from these thoughts has become a part of the
+inheritance of the race. Our ancestors have, for many generations, held
+imperfect ideas concerning human form and functioning; and we begin life
+with racial sub-conscious impressions of imperfection and disease.
+
+This is not natural, or a part of the plan of nature. The purpose of
+nature can be nothing else than the perfection of life. This we see from
+the very nature of life itself. It is the nature of life to continually
+advance toward more perfect living; advancement is the inevitable result
+of the very act of living. Increase is always the result of active
+living; whatever lives must live more and more. The seed, lying in the
+granary, has life, but it is not living. Put it into the soil and it
+becomes active, and at once begins to gather to itself from the
+surrounding substance, and to build a plant form. It will so cause
+increase that a seed head will be produced containing thirty, sixty, or
+a hundred seeds, each having as much life as the first.
+
+Life, by living, increases.
+
+Life cannot live without increasing, and the fundamental impulse of life
+is to live. It is in response to this fundamental impulse that Original
+Substance works, and creates. God must live; and he cannot live except
+as he creates and increases. In multiplying forms, He is moving on to
+live more.
+
+The universe is a Great Advancing Life, and the purpose of nature is the
+advancement of life toward perfection; toward perfect functioning. The
+purpose of nature is perfect health.
+
+The purpose of Nature, so far as man is concerned, is that he should be
+continuously advancing into more life, and progressing toward perfect
+life; and that he should live the most complete life possible in his
+present sphere of action.
+
+This must be so, because That which lives in man is seeking more life.
+
+Give a little child a pencil and paper, and he begins to draw crude
+figures; That which lives in him is trying to express Itself in art.
+Give him a set of blocks, and he will try to build something; That which
+lives in him is seeking expression in architecture. Seat him at a piano,
+and he will try to draw harmony from the keys; That which lives in him
+is trying to express Itself in music. That which lives in man is always
+seeking to live more; and since man lives most when he is well, the
+Principle of Nature in him can seek only health. The natural state of
+man is a state of perfect health; and everything in him, and in nature,
+tends toward health.
+
+Sickness can have no place in the thought of Original Substance, for it
+is by its own nature continually impelled toward the fullest and most
+perfect life; therefore, toward health. Man, as he exists in the thought
+of the Formless Substance, has perfect health. Disease, which is
+abnormal or perverted function--motion imperfectly made, or made in the
+direction of imperfect life--has no place in the thought of the Thinking
+Stuff.
+
+The Supreme Mind never thinks of disease. Disease was not created or
+ordained by God, or sent forth from him. It is wholly a product of
+separate consciousness; of the individual thought of man. God, the
+Formless Substance, does not see disease, think disease, know disease,
+or recognize disease. Disease is recognized only by the thought of man;
+God thinks nothing but health.
+
+From all the foregoing, we see that health is _a fact_ or TRUTH in the
+original substance from which we are all formed; and that disease is
+imperfect functioning, resulting from the imperfect thoughts of men,
+past and present. If man's thoughts of himself had always been those of
+perfect health, man could not possibly now be otherwise than perfectly
+healthy.
+
+Man in perfect health is the thought of Original Substance, and man in
+imperfect health is the result of his own failure to think perfect
+health, and to perform the voluntary functions of life in a healthy way.
+We will here arrange in a syllabus the basic truths of the Science of
+Being Well:--
+
+ _There is a Thinking Substance from which all things are made,
+ and which, in its original state, permeates, penetrates, and
+ fills the interspaces of the universe. It is the life of All._
+
+ _The thought of a form in this Substance causes the form; the
+ thought of a motion produces the motion. In relation to man,
+ the thoughts of this Substance are always of perfect
+ functioning and perfect health._
+
+ _Man is a thinking center, capable of original thought; and his
+ thought has power over his own functioning. By thinking
+ imperfect thoughts he has caused imperfect and perverted
+ functioning; and by performing the voluntary functions of life
+ in a perverted manner, he has assisted in causing disease._
+
+ _If man will think only thoughts of perfect health, he can
+ cause within himself the functioning of perfect health; all the
+ Power of Life will be exerted to assist him. But this healthy
+ functioning will not continue unless man performs the external,
+ or voluntary, functions of living in a healthy manner._
+
+ _Man's first step must be to learn how to think perfect health;
+ and his second step to learn how to eat, drink, breathe, and
+ sleep in a perfectly healthy way. If man takes these two steps,
+ he will certainly become well, and remain so._
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+LIFE AND ITS ORGANISMS.
+
+
+The human body is the abiding place of an energy which renews it when
+worn; which eliminates waste or poisonous matter, and which repairs the
+body when broken or injured. This energy we call life. Life is not
+generated or produced within the body; _it produces the body_.
+
+The seed which has been kept in the storehouse for years will grow when
+planted in the soil; it will produce a plant. But the life in the plant
+is not generated by its growing; it is the life which makes the plant
+grow.
+
+The performance of function does not cause life; it is life which causes
+function to be performed. Life is first; function afterward.
+
+It is life which distinguishes organic from inorganic matter, but it is
+not produced after the organization of matter.
+
+Life is the principle or force which causes organization; it builds
+organisms.
+
+It is a principle or force inherent in Original Substance; all life is
+One.
+
+This Life Principle of the All is the Principle of Health in man, and
+becomes constructively active whenever man thinks in a certain way.
+Whoever, therefore, thinks in this Certain Way will surely have perfect
+health if his external functioning is in conformity with his thought.
+But the external functioning must conform to the thought; man cannot
+hope to be well by thinking health, if he eats, drinks, breathes, and
+sleeps like a sick man.
+
+The universal Life Principle, then, is the Principle of Health in man.
+It is one with original substance. There is one Original Substance from
+which all things are made; this substance is alive, and its life is the
+Principle of Life of the universe. This Substance has created from
+itself all the forms of organic life by thinking them, or by thinking
+the motions and functions which produce them.
+
+Original Substance thinks only health, because It knows all truth; there
+is no truth which is not known in the Formless, which is All, and in
+all. It not only knows all truth, but it has all power; its vital power
+is the source of all the energy there is. A conscious life which knows
+all truth and which has all power cannot go wrong or perform function
+imperfectly; knowing all, it knows, too much to go wrong, and so the
+Formless cannot be diseased or think disease.
+
+Man is a form of this original substance, and has a separate
+consciousness of his own; but his consciousness is limited, and
+therefore imperfect. By reason of his limited knowledge man can and does
+think wrongly, and so he causes perverted and imperfect functioning in
+his own body. Man has not known too much to go wrong. The diseased or
+imperfect functioning may not instantly result from an imperfect
+thought, but it is bound to come if the thought becomes habitual. Any
+thought continuously held by man tends to the establishment of the
+corresponding condition in his body.
+
+Also, man has failed to learn how to perform the voluntary functions of
+his life in a healthy way. He does not know when, what, and how to eat;
+he knows little about breathing, and less about sleep. He does all these
+things in a wrong way, and under wrong conditions; and this because he
+has neglected to follow the only sure guide to the knowledge of life. He
+has tried to live by logic rather than by instinct; he has made living a
+matter of art, and not of nature. And he has gone wrong.
+
+His only remedy is to begin to go right; and this he can surely do. It
+is the work of this book to teach the whole truth, so that the man who
+reads it shall know too much to go wrong.
+
+The thoughts of disease produce the forms of disease. Man must learn to
+think health; and being Original Substance which takes the form of its
+thoughts, he will become the form of health and manifest perfect health
+in all his functioning. The people who were healed by touching the bones
+of the saint were really healed by thinking in a certain way, and not by
+any power emanating from the relics. There is no healing power in the
+bones of dead men, whether they be those of saint or sinner.
+
+The people who were healed by the doses of either the allopath or the
+homeopath were also really healed by thinking in a certain way; there is
+no drug which has within itself the power to heal disease.
+
+The people who have been healed by prayers and affirmations were also
+healed by thinking in a certain way; there is no curative power in
+strings of words.
+
+All the sick who have been healed, by whatsoever "system," have thought
+in a certain way; and a little examination will show us what this way
+is.
+
+_The two essentials of the Way are Faith, and a Personal Application of
+the Faith._
+
+The people who touched the saint's bones had faith; and so great was
+their faith that in the instant they touched the relics they SEVERED ALL
+MENTAL RELATIONS WITH DISEASE, AND MENTALLY UNIFIED THEMSELVES WITH
+HEALTH.
+
+This change of mind was accompanied by an intense devotional FEELING
+which penetrated to the deepest recesses of their souls, and so aroused
+the Principle of Health to powerful action. By faith they claimed that
+they were healed, or appropriated health to themselves; and in full
+faith they ceased to think of themselves in connection with disease and
+thought of themselves only in connection with health.
+
+These are the two essentials to thinking in the Certain Way which will
+make you well: first, claim or appropriate health by faith; and, second,
+sever all mental relations with disease, and enter into mental relations
+with health. That which we make ourselves, mentally, we become
+physically; and that with which we unite ourselves mentally we become
+unified with physically. If your thought always relates you to disease,
+then your thought becomes a fixed power to cause disease within you; and
+if your thought always relates you to health, then your thought becomes
+a fixed power exerted to keep you well.
+
+In the case of the people who are healed by medicines, the result is
+obtained in the same way. They have, consciously or unconsciously,
+sufficient faith in the means used to cause them to sever mental
+relations with disease and enter into mental relations with health.
+Faith may be unconscious. It is possible for us to have a sub-conscious
+or inbred faith in things like medicine, in which we do not believe to
+any extent objectively; and this sub-conscious faith may be quite
+sufficient to quicken the Principle of Health into constructive
+activity. Many who have little conscious faith are healed in this way;
+while many others who have great faith in the means are not healed
+because they do not make the personal application to themselves; their
+faith is general, but not specific for their own cases.
+
+In the Science of Being Well we have two main points to consider: first,
+how to think with faith; and, second, how to so apply the thought to
+ourselves as to quicken the Principle of Health into constructive
+activity. We begin by learning What to Think.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+WHAT TO THINK.
+
+
+In order to sever all mental relations with disease, you must enter into
+mental relations with health, making the process positive not negative;
+one of assumption, not of rejection. You are to receive or appropriate
+health rather than to reject and deny disease. Denying disease
+accomplishes next to nothing; it does little good to cast out the devil
+and leave the house vacant, for he will presently return with others
+worse than himself. When you enter into full and constant mental
+relations with health, you must of necessity cease all relationship with
+disease. The first step in the Science of Being Well is, then, to enter
+into complete thought connection with health.
+
+The best way to do this is to form a mental image or picture of
+yourself as being well, imagining a perfectly strong and healthy body;
+and to spend sufficient time in contemplating this image to make it your
+habitual thought of yourself.
+
+This is not so easy as it sounds; it necessitates the taking of
+considerable time for meditation, and not all persons have the imaging
+faculty well enough developed to form a distinct mental picture of
+themselves in a perfect or idealized body. It is much easier, as in "The
+Science of Getting Rich," to form a mental image of the things one wants
+to have; for we have seen these things, or their counterparts, and know
+how they look; we can picture them very easily from memory. But we have
+never seen ourselves in a perfect body, and a _clear_ mental image is
+hard to form.
+
+It is not necessary or essential, however, to have a clear mental image
+of yourself as you wish to be; it is only essential to form a CONCEPTION
+of perfect health, and to relate yourself to it. This Conception of
+Health is not a mental picture of a particular thing; it is an
+understanding of health, and carries with it the idea of perfect
+functioning in every part and organ.
+
+You may TRY to picture yourself as perfect in physique; that helps; and
+you MUST _think of yourself as doing everything in the manner of a
+perfectly strong and healthy person_. You can picture yourself as
+walking down the street with an erect body and a vigorous stride; you
+can picture yourself as doing your day's work easily and with surplus
+vigor, never tired or weak; you can picture in your mind how all things
+would be done by a person full of health and power, and you can make
+yourself the central figure in the picture, doing things in just that
+way. Never think of the ways in which weak or sickly people do things;
+always think of the way strong people do things. Spend your leisure time
+in thinking about the Strong Way, until you have a good conception of
+it; and always think of yourself in connection with the Strong Way of
+Doing Things. That is what I mean by having a Conception of Health.
+
+In order to establish perfect functioning in every part, man does not
+have to study anatomy or physiology, so that he can form a mental image
+of each separate organ and address himself to it. He does not have to
+"treat" his liver, his kidneys, his stomach, or his heart. There is one
+Principle of Health in man, which has control over all the involuntary
+functions of his life; and the thought of perfect health, impressed upon
+this Principle, will reach each part and organ. Man's liver is not
+controlled by a liver-principle, his stomach by a digestive principle,
+and so on; the Principle of Health is One.
+
+The less you go into the detailed study of physiology, the better for
+you. Our knowledge of this science is very imperfect, and leads to
+imperfect thought. Imperfect thought causes imperfect functioning,
+which is disease. Let me illustrate: Until quite recently, physiology
+fixed ten days as the extreme limit of man's endurance without food; it
+was considered that only in exceptional cases could he survive a longer
+fast. So the impression became universally disseminated that one who was
+deprived of food must die in from five to ten days; and numbers of
+people, when cut off from food by shipwreck, accident, or famine, did
+die within this period. But the performances of Dr. Tanner, the
+forty-day faster, and the writings of Dr. Dewey and others on the
+fasting cure, together with the experiments of numberless people who
+have fasted from forty to sixty days, have shown that man's ability to
+live without food is vastly greater than had been supposed. Any person,
+properly educated, can fast from twenty to forty days with little loss
+in weight, and often with no apparent loss of strength at all. The
+people who starved to death in ten days or less did so because they
+believed that death was inevitable; an erroneous physiology had given
+them a wrong thought about themselves. When a man is deprived of food he
+will die in from ten to fifty days, according to the way he has been
+taught; or, in other words, according to the way he thinks about it. So
+you see that an erroneous physiology can work very mischievous results.
+
+No Science of Being Well can be founded on current physiology; it is not
+sufficiently exact in its knowledge. With all its pretensions,
+comparatively little is really known as to the interior workings and
+processes of the body. It is not known just how food is digested; it is
+not known just what part food plays, if any, in the generation of force.
+It is not known exactly what the liver, spleen, and pancreas are for, or
+what part their secretions play in the chemistry of assimilation. On all
+these and most other points we theorize, but we do not really know.
+When man begins to study physiology, he enters the domain of theory and
+disputation; he comes among conflicting opinions, and he is bound to
+form mistaken ideas concerning himself. These mistaken ideas lead to the
+thinking of wrong thoughts, and this leads to perverted functioning and
+disease. All that the most perfect knowledge of physiology could do for
+man would be to enable him to think only thoughts of perfect health, and
+to eat, drink, breathe, and sleep in a perfectly healthy way; and this,
+as we shall show, he can do without studying physiology at all.
+
+This, for the most part, is true of all hygiene. There are certain
+fundamental propositions which we should know; and these will be
+explained in later chapters, but aside from these propositions, ignore
+physiology and hygiene. They tend to fill your mind with thoughts of
+imperfect conditions, and these thoughts will produce the imperfect
+conditions in your own body. You cannot study any "science" which
+recognizes disease, if you are to think nothing but health.
+
+_Drop all investigation as to your present condition, its causes, or
+possible results, and set yourself to the work of forming a conception
+of health._
+
+Think about health and the possibilities of health; of the work that may
+be done and the pleasures that may be enjoyed in a condition of perfect
+health. Then make this conception your guide in thinking of yourself;
+refuse to entertain for an instant any thought of yourself which is not
+in harmony with it. When any idea of disease or imperfect functioning
+enters your mind, cast it out instantly by calling up a thought which is
+in harmony with the Conception of Health.
+
+Think of yourself at all times as realizing conception; as being a
+strong and perfectly healthy personage; and do not harbor a contrary
+thought.
+
+KNOW that as you think of yourself in unity with this conception, the
+Original Substance which permeates and fills the tissues of your body is
+taking form according to the thought; and know that this Intelligent
+Substance or mind stuff will cause function to be performed in such a
+way that your body will be rebuilt with perfectly healthy cells.
+
+The Intelligent Substance, from which all things are made, permeates and
+penetrates all things; and so it is in and through your body. It moves
+according to its thoughts; and so if you hold only the thoughts of
+perfectly healthy function, it will cause the movements of perfectly
+healthy function within you.
+
+Hold with persistence to the thought of perfect health in relation to
+yourself; do not permit yourself to think in any other way. Hold this
+thought with perfect faith that it is the fact, the truth. It is the
+truth so far as your mental body is concerned. You have a mind-body and
+a physical body; the mind-body takes form just as you think of yourself,
+and any thought which you hold continuously is made visible by the
+transformation of the physical body into its image. Implanting the
+thought of perfect functioning in the mind-body will, in due time, cause
+perfect functioning in the physical body.
+
+The transformation of the physical body into the image of the ideal
+held by the mind-body is not accomplished instantaneously; we cannot
+transfigure our physical bodies at will as Jesus did. In the creation
+and recreation of forms, Substance moves along the fixed lines of growth
+it has established; and the impression upon it of the health thought
+causes the healthy body to be built cell by cell. Holding only thoughts
+of perfect health will ultimately cause perfect functioning; and perfect
+functioning will in due time produce a perfectly healthy body. It may be
+as well to condense this chapter into a syllabus:--
+
+ _Your physical body is permeated and fitted with an Intelligent
+ Substance, which forms a body of mind-stuff. This mind-stuff
+ controls the functioning of your physical body. A thought of
+ disease or of imperfect function, impressed upon the mind-stuff,
+ causes disease or imperfect functioning in the physical body.
+ If you are diseased, it is because wrong thoughts have made
+ impressions on this mind-stuff; these may have been either your
+ own thoughts or those of your parents; we begin life with many
+ sub-conscious impressions, both right and wrong. But the natural
+ tendency of all mind is toward health, and if no thoughts are
+ held in the conscious mind save those of health, all internal
+ functioning will come to be performed in a perfectly healthy
+ manner._
+
+ _The Power of Nature within you is sufficient to overcome all
+ hereditary impressions, and if you will learn to control your
+ thoughts, so that you shall think only those of health, and if
+ you will perform the voluntary functions of life in a perfectly
+ healthy way, you can certainly be well._
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+FAITH.
+
+
+The Principle of Health is moved by Faith; nothing else can call it into
+action, and only faith can enable you to relate yourself to health, and
+sever your relation with disease, in your thoughts.
+
+You will continue to think of disease unless you have faith in health.
+If you do not have faith you will doubt; if you doubt, you will fear;
+and if you fear, you will relate yourself in mind to that which you
+fear.
+
+If you fear disease, you will think of yourself in connection with
+disease; and that will produce within yourself the form and motions of
+disease. Just as Original Substance creates from itself the forms of its
+thoughts, so your mind-body, which is original substance, takes the
+form and motion of whatever you think about. If you fear disease, dread
+disease, have doubts about your safety from disease, or if you even
+contemplate disease, you will connect yourself with it and create its
+forms and motions within you.
+
+Let me enlarge somewhat upon this point. The potency, or creative power,
+of a thought is given to it _by the faith that is in it_.
+
+Thoughts which contain no faith create no forms.
+
+The Formless Substance, which knows all truth and therefore thinks only
+truth, has perfect faith in every thought, because it thinks only truth;
+and so all its thoughts create.
+
+But if you will imagine a thought in Formless Substance in which there
+was no faith, you will see that such a thought could not cause the
+Substance to move or take form.
+
+Keep in mind the fact that only those thoughts which are conceived in
+faith have creative energy. Only those thoughts which have faith with
+them are able to change function, or to quicken the Principle of Health
+into activity.
+
+If you do not have faith in health, you will certainly have faith in
+disease. If you do not have faith in health, it will do you no good to
+think about health, for your thoughts will have no potency, and will
+cause no change for the better in your conditions. If you do not have
+faith in health, I repeat, you will have faith in disease; and if, under
+such conditions, you think about health for ten hours a day, and think
+about disease for only a few minutes, the disease thought will control
+your condition because it will have the potency of faith, while the
+health thought will not. Your mind-body will take on the form and
+motions of disease and retain them, because your health thought will not
+have sufficient dynamic force to change form or motion.
+
+In order to practice the Science of Being Well, you must have complete
+faith in health.
+
+Faith begins in belief; and we now come to the question: _What must you
+believe in order to have faith in health?_
+
+You must believe that there is more health-power than disease-power in
+both yourself and your environment; and you cannot help believing this
+if you consider the facts. These are the facts:--
+
+ _There is a Thinking Substance from which all things are made,
+ and which, in its original state, permeates, penetrates, and
+ fills the interspaces of the universe._
+
+ _The thought of a form, in this Substance, produces the form;
+ the thought of a motion institutes the motion. In relation to
+ man, the thoughts of Original Substance are always of perfect
+ health and perfect functioning. This Substance, within and
+ without man, always exerts its power toward health._
+
+ _Man is a thinking center, capable of original thought. He has
+ a mind-body of Original Substance permeating a physical body;
+ and the functioning of his physical body is determined by the
+ FAITH of his mind-body. If man thinks with faith of the
+ functioning of health, he will cause his internal functions to
+ be performed in a healthy manner, provided that he performs the
+ external functions in a corresponding manner. But if man
+ thinks, with faith, of disease, or of the power of disease, he
+ will cause his internal functioning to be the functioning of
+ disease._
+
+ _The Original Intelligent Substance is in man, moving toward
+ health; and it is pressing upon him from every side. Man lives,
+ moves, and has his being in a limitless ocean of health-power;
+ and he uses this power according to his faith. If he
+ appropriates it and applies it to himself it is all his; and if
+ he unifies himself with it by unquestioning faith, he cannot
+ fail to attain health, for the power of this Substance is all
+ the power there is._
+
+A belief in the above statements is a foundation for faith in health. If
+you believe them, you believe that health is the natural state of man,
+and that man lives in the midst of Universal Health; that all the power
+of nature makes for health, and that health is possible to all, and can
+surely be attained by all. You will believe that the power of health in
+the universe is ten thousand times greater than that of disease; in
+fact, that disease has no power whatever, being only the result of
+perverted thought and faith. And if you believe that health is possible
+to you, and that it may surely be attained by you, and that you know
+exactly what to do in order to attain it, you will have faith in health.
+You will have this faith and knowledge if you read this book through
+with care and determine to believe in and practice its teachings.
+
+It is not merely the possession of faith, but the personal application
+of faith which works healing. You must claim health in the beginning,
+and form a conception of health, and, as far as may be, of yourself as a
+perfectly healthy person; and then, by faith, you must claim that you
+ARE REALIZING this conception.
+
+Do not assert with faith that you are going to get well; assert with
+faith that you ARE well.
+
+Having faith in health, and applying it to yourself, means having faith
+that you are healthy; _and the first step in this is to claim that it is
+the truth_.
+
+Mentally take the attitude of being well, and do not say anything or do
+anything which contradicts this attitude. Never speak a word or assume a
+physical attitude which does not harmonize with the claim: "I am
+perfectly well." When you walk, go with a brisk step, and with your
+chest thrown out and your head held up; watch that at all times your
+physical actions and attitudes are those of a healthy person. When you
+find that you have relapsed into the attitude of weakness or disease,
+change instantly; straighten up; think of health and power. Refuse to
+consider yourself as other than a perfectly healthy person.
+
+One great aid--perhaps the greatest aid--in applying your faith you will
+find in the exercise of gratitude.
+
+Whenever you think of yourself, or of your advancing condition, give
+thanks to the Great Intelligent Substance for the perfect health you are
+enjoying.
+
+Remember that, as Swedenborg taught, there is a continual inflow of life
+from the Supreme, which is received by all created things according to
+their forms; and by man according to his faith. Health from God is
+continually being urged upon you; and when you think of this, lift up
+your mind reverently to Him, and give thanks that you have been led to
+the Truth and into perfect health of mind and body. Be, all the time, in
+a grateful frame of mind, and let gratitude be evident in your speech.
+
+Gratitude will help you to own and control your own field of thought.
+
+Whenever the thought of disease is presented to you, instantly claim
+health, and thank God for the perfect health you have. Do this so that
+there shall be no room in your mind for a thought of ill. Every thought
+connected in any way with ill health is unwelcome, and you can close the
+door of your mind in its face by asserting that you are well, and by
+reverently thanking God that it is so. Soon the old thoughts will return
+no more.
+
+Gratitude has a twofold effect; it strengthens your own faith, and it
+brings you into close and harmonious relations with the Supreme. You
+believe that there is one Intelligent Substance from which all life and
+all power come; you believe that you receive your own life from this
+substance; and you relate yourself closely to It by feeling continuous
+gratitude. It is easy to see that the more closely you relate yourself
+to the Source of Life the more readily you may receive life from it; and
+it is easy also to see that your relation to It is a matter of mental
+attitude. We cannot come into physical relationship with God, for God is
+mind-stuff and we also are mind-stuff; our relation with Him must
+therefore be a mind relation. It is plain, then, that the man who feels
+deep and hearty gratitude will live in closer touch with God than the
+man who never looks up to Him in thankfulness. The ungrateful or
+unthankful mind really denies that it receives at all, and so cuts its
+connection with the Supreme. The grateful mind is always looking toward
+the Supreme, and is always open to receive from it; and it will receive
+continually.
+
+_The Principle of Health in man receives its vital power from the
+Principle of Life in the universe; and man relates himself to the
+Principle of Life by faith in health, and by gratitude for the health he
+receives._
+
+_Man may cultivate both faith and gratitude by the proper use of his
+will._
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+USE OF THE WILL.
+
+
+In the practice of the Science of Being Well the will is not used to
+compel yourself to go when you are not really able to go, or to do
+things when you are not physically strong enough to do them. You do not
+direct your will upon your physical body or try to compel the proper
+performance of internal function by will power.
+
+_You direct the will upon the mind, and use it in determining what you
+shall believe, what you shall think, and to what you shall give your
+attention._
+
+The will should never be used upon any person or thing external to you,
+and it should never be used upon your own body. The sole legitimate use
+of the will is in determining to what you shall give your attention, and
+what you shall think about the things to which your attention is given.
+
+All belief begins in the will to believe.
+
+You cannot always and instantly believe what you will to believe; but
+you can always will to believe what you want to believe. You want to
+believe truth about health, and you can will to do so. The statements
+you have been reading in this book are the truth about health, and you
+can will to believe them; this must be your first step toward getting
+well.
+
+These are the statements you must will to believe:--
+
+ _That there is a Thinking Substance from which all things are
+ made, and that man receives the Principle of Health, which is
+ his life, from this Substance._
+
+ _That man himself is Thinking Substance; a mind-body,
+ permeating a physical body, and that as man's thoughts are, so
+ will the functioning of his physical body be._
+
+ _That if man will think only thoughts of perfect health, he
+ must and will cause the internal and involuntary functioning of
+ his body to be the functioning of health, provided that his
+ external and voluntary functioning and attitude are in
+ accordance with his thoughts._
+
+When you will to believe these statements, you must also begin to act
+upon them. You cannot long retain a belief unless you act upon it; you
+cannot increase a belief until it becomes faith unless you act upon it;
+and you certainly cannot expect to reap benefits in any way from a
+belief so long as you act as if the opposite were true. You cannot long
+have faith in health if you continue to act like a sick person. If you
+continue to act like a sick person, you cannot help continuing to think
+of yourself as a sick person; and if you continue to think of yourself
+as a sick person, you will continue to be a sick person.
+
+The first step toward acting externally like a well person is to begin
+to act internally like a well person. Form your conception of perfect
+health, and get into the way of thinking about perfect health until it
+begins to have a definite meaning to you. Picture yourself as doing the
+things a strong and healthy person would do, and have faith that you can
+and will do those things in that way; continue this until you have a
+vivid CONCEPTION of health, and what it means to you. When I speak in
+this book of a conception of health, I mean a conception that carries
+with it the idea of the way a healthy person looks and does things.
+Think of yourself in connection with health until you form a conception
+of how you would live, appear, act, and do things as a perfectly healthy
+person. Think about yourself in connection with health until you
+conceive of yourself, in imagination, as always doing everything in the
+manner of a well person; until the thought of health conveys the idea of
+what health means to you. As I have said in a former chapter, you may
+not be able to form a clear mental image of yourself in perfect health,
+but you can form a conception of yourself as acting like a healthy
+person.
+
+Form this conception, and then think only thoughts of perfect health in
+relation to yourself, and, so far as may be possible, in relation to
+others. When a thought of sickness or disease is presented to you,
+reject it; do not let it get into your mind; do not entertain or
+consider it at all. Meet it by thinking health; by thinking that you are
+well, and by being sincerely grateful for the health you are receiving.
+Whenever suggestions of disease are coming thick and fast upon you, and
+you are in a "tight place," fall back upon the exercise of gratitude.
+Connect yourself with the Supreme; give thanks to God for the perfect
+health He gives you, and you will soon find yourself able to control
+your thoughts, and to think what you want to think. In times of doubt,
+trial, and temptation, the exercise of gratitude is always a sheet
+anchor which will prevent you from being swept away. Remember that the
+great essential thing is to SEVER ALL MENTAL RELATIONS WITH DISEASE, AND
+TO ENTER INTO FULL MENTAL RELATIONSHIP WITH HEALTH. This is the KEY to
+all mental healing; it is the whole thing. Here we see the secret of the
+great success of Christian Science; more than any other formulated
+system of practice, it insists that its converts shall sever relations
+with disease, and relate themselves fully with health. The healing power
+of Christian Science is not in its theological formulæ, nor in its
+denial of matter; but in the fact that it induces the sick to ignore
+disease as an unreal thing and accept health by faith as a reality. Its
+failures are made because its practitioners, while thinking in the
+Certain Way, do not eat, drink, breathe, and sleep in the same way.
+
+While there is no healing power in the repetition of strings of words,
+yet it is a very convenient thing to have the central thoughts so
+formulated that you can repeat them readily, so that you can use them as
+affirmations whenever you are surrounded by an environment which gives
+you adverse suggestions. When those around you begin to talk of sickness
+and death, close your ears and mentally assert something like the
+following:--
+
+ _There is One Substance, and I am that Substance._
+
+ _That Substance is eternal, and it is Life; I am that
+ Substance, and I am Eternal Life._
+
+ _That Substance knows no disease; I am that Substance, and I am
+ Health._
+
+Exercise your will power in choosing only those thoughts which are
+thoughts of health, and arrange your environment so that it shall
+suggest thoughts of health. Do not have about you books, pictures, or
+other things which suggest death, disease, deformity, weakness, or age;
+have only those which convey the ideas of health, power, joy, vitality,
+and youth. When you are confronted with a book, or anything else which
+suggests disease, do not give it your attention. Think of your
+conception of health, and your gratitude, and affirm as above; use your
+will power to fix your attention upon thoughts of health. In a future
+chapter I shall touch upon this point again; what I wish to make plain
+here is that you must think only health, recognize only health, and give
+your attention only to health; and that you must control thought,
+recognition, and attention by the use of your will.
+
+Do not try to use your will to compel the healthy performance of
+function within you. The Principle of Health will attend to that, if you
+give your attention only to thoughts of health.
+
+Do not try to exert your will upon the Formless to compel It to give you
+more vitality or power; it is already placing all the power there is at
+your service.
+
+You do not have to use your will to conquer adverse conditions, or to
+subdue unfriendly forces; there are no unfriendly forces; there is only
+One Force, and that force is friendly to you; it is a force which makes
+for health.
+
+Everything in the universe wants you to be well; you have absolutely
+nothing to overcome but your own habit of thinking in a certain way
+about disease, and you can do this only by forming a habit of thinking
+in another Certain Way about health.
+
+Man can cause all the internal functions of his body to be performed in
+a perfectly healthy manner by continuously thinking in a Certain Way,
+and by performing the external functions in a certain way.
+
+He can think in this Certain Way by controlling his attention, and he
+can control his attention by the use of his will.
+
+He can decide what things he will think about.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+HEALTH FROM GOD.
+
+
+I will give a chapter here to explaining how man may receive health from
+the Supreme. By the Supreme I mean the Thinking Substance from which all
+things are made, and which is in all and through all, seeking more
+complete expression and fuller life. This Intelligent Substance, in a
+perfectly fluid state, permeates and penetrates all things, and is in
+touch with all minds. It is the source of all energy and power, and
+constitutes the "inflow" of life which Swedenborg saw, vitalizing all
+things. It is working to one definite end, and for the fulfillment of
+one purpose; and that purpose is the advancement of life toward the
+complete expression of Mind. When man harmonizes himself with this
+Intelligence, it can and will give him health and wisdom. When man
+holds steadily to the purpose to live more abundantly, he comes into
+harmony with this Supreme Intelligence.
+
+The purpose of the Supreme Intelligence is the most Abundant Life for
+all; the purpose of this Supreme Intelligence for you is that you should
+live more abundantly. If, then, your own purpose is to live more
+abundantly, you are unified with the Supreme; you are working with It,
+and it must work with you. But as the Supreme Intelligence is in all,
+_if you harmonize with it you must harmonize with all; and you must
+desire more abundant life for all as well as for yourself_. Two great
+benefits come to you from being in harmony with the Supreme
+Intelligence.
+
+First, you will receive wisdom. By wisdom I do not mean knowledge of
+facts so much as ability to perceive and understand facts, and to judge
+soundly and act rightly in all matters relating to life. Wisdom is the
+power to perceive truth, and the ability to make the best use of the
+knowledge of truth. It is the power to perceive at once the best end to
+aim at, and the means best adapted to attain that end. With wisdom comes
+poise, and the power to think rightly; to control and guide your
+thoughts, and to avoid the difficulties which come from wrong thinking.
+With wisdom you will be able to select the right courses for your
+particular needs, and to so govern yourself in all ways as to secure the
+best results. You will know how to do what you want to do. You can
+readily see that wisdom must be an essential attribute of the Supreme
+Intelligence, since That which knows all truth must be wise; and you can
+also see that just in proportion as you harmonize and unify your mind
+with that Intelligence you will have wisdom.
+
+But I repeat that since this Intelligence is All, and in all, you can
+enter into Its wisdom only by harmonizing with all. If there is
+anything in your desires or your purpose which will bring oppression to
+any, or work injustice to, or cause lack of life for any, you cannot
+receive wisdom from the Supreme. Furthermore, your purpose for your own
+self must be the best.
+
+Man can live in three general ways: for the gratification of his body,
+for that of his intellect, or for that of his soul. The first is
+accomplished by satisfying the desires for food, drink, and those other
+things which give enjoyable physical sensations. The second is
+accomplished by doing those things which cause pleasant mental
+sensations, such as gratifying the desire for knowledge or those for
+fine clothing, fame, power, and so on. The third is accomplished by
+giving way to the instincts of unselfish love and altruism. Man lives
+most wisely and completely when he functions most perfectly along all of
+these lines, without excess in any of them. The man who lives
+swinishly, for the body alone, is unwise and out of harmony with God;
+that man who lives solely for the cold enjoyments of the intellect,
+though he be absolutely moral, is unwise and out of harmony with God;
+and the man who lives wholly for the practice of altruism, and who
+throws himself away for others, is as unwise and as far from harmony
+with God as those who go to excess in other ways.
+
+To come into full harmony with the Supreme, you must purpose to LIVE; to
+live to the utmost of your capabilities in body, mind, and soul. This
+must mean the full exercise of function in all the different ways, but
+without excess; for excess in one causes deficiency in the others.
+Behind your desire for health is your own desire for more abundant life;
+and behind that is the desire of the Formless Intelligence to live more
+fully in you. So, as you advance toward perfect health, hold steadily to
+the purpose to attain complete life, physical, mental, and spiritual;
+to advance in all ways, and in every way to live more; if you hold this
+purpose you will be given wisdom. "He that willeth to do the will of the
+Father shall KNOW," said Jesus. Wisdom is the most desirable gift that
+can come to man, for it makes him rightly self-governing.
+
+But wisdom is not all you may receive from the Supreme Intelligence; you
+may receive physical energy, vitality, life force. The energy of the
+Formless Substance is unlimited, and permeates everything; you are
+already receiving or appropriating to yourself this energy in an
+automatic and instinctive way, but you can do so to a far greater degree
+if you set about it intelligently. The measure of a man's strength is
+not what God is willing to give him, but what he, himself, has the will
+and the intelligence to appropriate to himself. God gives you all there
+is; your only question is how much to take of the unlimited supply.
+
+Professor James has pointed out that there is apparently no limit to the
+powers of men; and this is simply because man's power comes from the
+inexhaustible reservoir of the Supreme. The runner who has reached the
+stage of exhaustion, when his physical power seems entirely gone, by
+running on in a Certain Way may receive his "second wind"; his strength
+is renewed in a seemingly miraculous fashion, and he can go on
+indefinitely. And by continuing in the Certain Way, he may receive a
+third, fourth, and fifth "wind"; we do not know where the limit is, or
+how far it may be possible to extend it. The conditions are that the
+runner must have absolute faith that the strength will come; that he
+must think steadily of strength, and have perfect confidence that he has
+it, and that he must continue to run on. If he admits a doubt into his
+mind, he falls exhausted, and if he stops running to wait for the
+accession of strength, it will never come. His faith in strength, his
+faith that he _can_ keep on running, his unwavering purpose _to_ keep on
+running, and his action _in_ keeping on seem to connect him to the
+source of energy in such a way as to bring him a new supply.
+
+In a very similar manner, the sick person who has unquestioning faith in
+health, whose purpose brings him into harmony with the source, and who
+performs the voluntary functions of life in a certain way, will receive
+vital energy sufficient for all his needs, and for the healing of all
+his diseases. God, who seeks to live and express himself fully in man,
+delights to give man all that is needed for the most abundant life.
+Action and reaction are equal, and when you desire to live more, if you
+are in mental harmony with the Supreme, the forces which make for life
+begin to concentrate about you and upon you. The One Life begins to move
+toward you, and your environment becomes surcharged with it. Then, if
+you appropriate it by faith, it is yours. "Ye shall ask what ye will,
+and it shall be done unto you." Your Father giveth not his spirit by
+measure; he delights to give good gifts to you.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+SUMMARY OF THE MENTAL ACTIONS.
+
+
+Let me now summarize the mental actions and attitudes necessary to the
+practice of the Science of Being Well: first, you believe that there is
+a Thinking Substance, from which all things are made, and which, in its
+original state, permeates, penetrates, and fills the interspaces of the
+universe. This Substance is the Life of All, and is seeking to express
+more life in all. It is the Principle of Life of the universe, and the
+Principle of Health in man.
+
+Man is a form of this Substance, and draws his vitality from it; he is a
+mind-body of original substance, permeating a physical body, and the
+thoughts of his mind-body control the functioning of his physical body.
+If man thinks no thoughts save those of perfect health, the functions
+of his physical body will be performed in a manner of perfect health.
+
+If you would consciously relate yourself to the All-Health, your purpose
+must be to live fully on every plane of your being. You must want all
+that there is in life for body, mind, and soul; and this will bring you
+into harmony with all the life there is. The person who is in conscious
+and intelligent harmony with All will receive a continuous inflow of
+vital power from the Supreme Life; and this inflow is prevented by
+angry, selfish or antagonistic mental attitudes. If you are against any
+part, you have severed relations with all; you will receive life, but
+only instinctively and automatically; not intelligently and
+purposefully. You can see that if you are mentally antagonistic to any
+part, you cannot be in complete harmony with the Whole; therefore, as
+Jesus directed, be reconciled to everybody and everything before you
+offer worship.
+
+_Want for everybody all that you want for yourself._
+
+The reader is recommended to read what we have said in a former work[A]
+concerning the Competitive mind and the Creative mind. It is very
+doubtful whether one who has lost health can completely regain it so
+long as he remains in the competitive mind.
+
+ [A] The Science of Getting Rich.
+
+Being on the Creative or Good-Will plane in mind, the next step is to
+form a conception of yourself as in perfect health, and to hold no
+thoughts which are not in full harmony with this conception. Have FAITH
+that if you think only thoughts of health you will establish in your
+physical body the functioning of health; and use your will to determine
+that you will think only thoughts of health. Never think of yourself as
+sick, or as likely to be sick; never think of sickness in connection
+with yourself at all. And, as far as may be, shut out of your mind all
+thoughts of sickness in connection with others. Surround yourself as
+much as possible with the things which suggest the ideas of strength and
+health.
+
+Have faith in health, and accept health as an actual present fact in
+your life. Claim health as a blessing bestowed upon you by the Supreme
+Life, and be deeply grateful at all times. Claim the blessing by faith;
+know that it is yours, and never admit a contrary thought to your mind.
+
+Use your will-power to withhold your attention from every appearance of
+disease in yourself and others; do not study disease, think about it,
+nor speak of it. At all times, when the thought of disease is thrust
+upon you, move forward into the mental position of prayerful gratitude
+for your perfect health.
+
+The mental actions necessary to being well may now be summed up in a
+single sentence: Form a conception of yourself in perfect health, and
+think only those thoughts which are in harmony with that conception.
+
+That, with faith and gratitude, and the purpose to really live, covers
+all the requirements. It is not necessary to take mental exercises of
+any kind, except as described in Chapter VI, or to do wearying "stunts"
+in the way of affirmations, and so on. It is not necessary to
+concentrate the mind on the affected parts; it is far better not to
+think of any part as affected. It is not necessary to "treat" yourself
+by auto-suggestion, or to have others treat you in any way whatever. The
+power that heals is the Principle of Health within you; and to call this
+Principle into Constructive Action it is only necessary, having
+harmonized yourself with the All-Mind, to claim by FAITH the All-Health;
+and to hold that claim until it is physically manifested in all the
+functions of your body.
+
+In order to hold this mental attitude of faith, gratitude, and health,
+however, your external acts must be only those of health. You cannot
+long hold the internal attitude of a well person if you continue to
+perform the external acts of a sick person. It is essential not only
+that your every thought should be a thought of health, but that your
+every act should be an act of health, performed in a healthy manner. If
+you will make every thought a thought of health, and every conscious act
+an act of health, it must infallibly follow that every internal and
+unconscious function shall come to be healthy; for all the power of life
+is being continually exerted toward health. We shall next consider how
+you may make every act an act of health.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+WHEN TO EAT.
+
+
+You cannot build and maintain a perfectly healthy body by mental action
+alone, or by the performance of the unconscious or involuntary functions
+alone. There are certain actions, more or less voluntary, which have a
+direct and immediate relation with the continuance of life itself; these
+are eating, drinking, breathing, and sleeping. No matter what man's
+thought or mental attitude may be, he cannot live unless he eats,
+drinks, breathes, and sleeps; and, moreover, he cannot be well if he
+eats, drinks, breathes, and sleeps in an unnatural or wrong manner. It
+is therefore vitally important that you should learn the right way to
+perform these voluntary functions, and I shall proceed to show you this
+way, beginning with the matter of eating, which is most important.
+
+There has been a vast amount of controversy as to when to eat, what to
+eat, how to eat, and how much to eat; and all this controversy is
+unnecessary, for the Right Way is very easy to find. You have only to
+consider the Law which governs all attainment, whether of health,
+wealth, power, or happiness; and that law is _that you must do what you
+can do now, where you are now; do every separate act in the most perfect
+manner possible, and put the power of faith into every action_.
+
+The processes of digestion and assimilation are under the supervision
+and control of an inner division of man's mentality, which is generally
+called the sub-conscious mind; and I shall use that term here in order
+to be understood. The sub-conscious mind is in charge of all the
+functions and processes of life; and when more food is needed by the
+body, it makes the fact known by causing a sensation called hunger.
+Whenever food is needed, and can be used, there is hunger; and whenever
+there is hunger it is time to eat. When there is no hunger it is
+unnatural and wrong to eat, no matter how great may APPEAR to be the
+need for food. Even if you are in a condition of apparent starvation,
+with great emaciation, if there is no hunger you may know that FOOD
+CANNOT BE USED, and it will be unnatural and wrong for you to eat.
+Though you have not eaten for days, weeks, or months, if you have no
+hunger you may be perfectly sure that food cannot be used, and will
+probably not be used if taken. Whenever food is needed, if there is
+power to digest and assimilate it, so that it can be normally used, the
+sub-conscious mind will announce the fact by a decided hunger. Food,
+taken when there is no hunger, will sometimes be digested and
+assimilated, because Nature makes a special effort to perform the task
+which is thrust upon her against her will; but if food be habitually
+taken when there is no hunger, the digestive power is at last destroyed,
+and numberless evils caused.
+
+If the foregoing be true--and it is indisputably so--it is a
+self-evident proposition that the natural time, and the healthy time, to
+eat is when one is hungry; and that it is never a natural or a healthy
+action to eat when one is not hungry. You see, then, that it is an easy
+matter to scientifically settle the question when to eat. ALWAYS eat
+when you are hungry; and NEVER eat when you are not hungry. This is
+obedience to nature, which is obedience to God.
+
+We must not fail, however, to make clear the distinction between hunger
+and appetite. Hunger is the call of the sub-conscious mind for more
+material to be used in repairing and renewing the body, and in keeping
+up the internal heat; and hunger is never felt unless there is need for
+more material, and unless there is power to digest it when taken into
+the stomach. Appetite is a desire for the gratification of sensation.
+The drunkard has an appetite for liquor, but he cannot have a hunger for
+it. A normally fed person cannot have a hunger for candy or sweets; the
+desire for these things is an appetite. You cannot hunger for tea,
+coffee, spiced foods, or for the various taste-tempting devices of the
+skilled cook; if you desire these things, it is with appetite, not with
+hunger. Hunger is nature's call for material to be used in building new
+cells, and nature never calls for anything which may not be legitimately
+used for this purpose.
+
+Appetite is often largely a matter of habit; if one eats or drinks at a
+certain hour, and especially if one takes sweetened or spiced and
+stimulating foods, the desire comes regularly at the same hour; but this
+habitual desire for food should never be mistaken for hunger. Hunger
+does not appear at specified times. It only comes when work or exercise
+has destroyed sufficient tissue to make the taking in of new raw
+material a necessity.
+
+For instance, if a person has been sufficiently fed on the preceding
+day, it is impossible that he should feel a genuine hunger on arising
+from refreshing sleep. In sleep the body is recharged with vital power,
+and the assimilation of the food which has been taken during the day is
+completed; the system has no need for food immediately after sleep,
+unless the person went to his rest in a state of starvation. With a
+system of feeding, which is even a reasonable approach to a natural one,
+no one can have a real hunger for an early morning breakfast. There is
+no such thing possible as a normal or genuine hunger immediately after
+arising from sound sleep. The early morning breakfast is always taken to
+gratify appetite, never to satisfy hunger. No matter who you are, or
+what your condition is; no matter how hard you work, or how much you are
+exposed, unless you go to your bed starved, you cannot arise from your
+bed hungry.
+
+Hunger is not caused by sleep, but by work. And it does not matter who
+you are, or what your condition, or how hard or easy your work, the
+so-called no-breakfast plan is the right plan for you. It is the right
+plan for everybody, because it is based on the universal law that hunger
+never comes until it is EARNED.
+
+I am aware that a protest against this will come from the large number
+of people who "enjoy" their breakfasts; whose breakfast is their "best
+meal"; who believe that their work is so hard that they cannot "get
+through the forenoon on an empty stomach," and so on. But all their
+arguments fall down before the facts. They enjoy their breakfast as the
+toper enjoys his morning dram, because it gratifies a habitual appetite
+and not because it supplies a natural want. It is their best meal for
+the same reason that his morning dram is the toper's best drink. And
+they CAN get along without it, because millions of people, of every
+trade and profession, DO get along without it, and are vastly better for
+doing so. If you are to live according to the Science of Being Well, you
+must NEVER EAT UNTIL YOU HAVE AN EARNED HUNGER.
+
+But if I do not eat on arising in the morning, when shall I take my
+first meal?
+
+In ninety-nine cases out of a hundred twelve o'clock, noon, is early
+enough; and it is generally the most convenient time. If you are doing
+heavy work, you will get by noon a hunger sufficient to justify a
+good-sized meal; and if your work is light, you will probably still have
+hunger enough for a moderate meal. The best general rule or law that can
+be laid down is that you should eat your first meal of the day at noon,
+if you are hungry; and if you are not hungry, wait until you become so.
+
+And when shall I eat my second meal?
+
+Not at all, unless you are hungry for it; and that with a genuine earned
+hunger. If you do get hungry for a second meal, eat at the most
+convenient time; but do not eat until you have a really earned hunger.
+The reader who wishes to fully inform himself as to the reasons for this
+way of arranging the mealtimes will find the best books thereon cited in
+the preface to this work. From the foregoing, however, you can easily
+see that the Science of Being Well readily answers the question: When,
+and how often shall I eat? The answer is: Eat when you have an earned
+hunger; and never eat at any other time.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+WHAT TO EAT.
+
+
+The current sciences of medicine and hygiene have made no progress
+toward answering the question, What shall I eat? The contests between
+the vegetarians and the meat eaters, the cooked food advocates, raw food
+advocates, and various other "schools" of theorists, seem to be
+interminable; and from the mountains of evidence and argument piled up
+for and against each special theory, it is plain that if we depend on
+these scientists we shall never know what is the natural food of man.
+Turning away from the whole controversy, then, we will ask the question
+of nature herself, and we shall find that she has not left us without an
+answer.
+
+Most of the errors of dietary scientists grow out of a false premise as
+to the natural state of man. It is assumed that civilization and mental
+development are unnatural things; that the man who lives in a modern
+house, in city or country, and who works in modern trade or industry for
+his living is leading an unnatural life, and is in an unnatural
+environment; that the only "natural" man is a naked savage, and that the
+farther we get from the savage the farther we are from nature. This is
+wrong. The man who has all that art and science can give him is leading
+the most natural life, because he is living most completely in all his
+faculties. The dweller in a well-appointed city flat, with modern
+conveniences and good ventilation, is living a far more naturally human
+life than the Australian savage who lives in a hollow tree or a hole in
+the ground.
+
+That Great Intelligence, which is in all and through all, has in reality
+practically settled the question as to what we shall eat. In ordering
+the affairs of nature, It has decided that man's food shall be according
+to the zone in which he lives. In the frigid regions of the far North,
+fuel foods are required. The development of brain is not large, nor is
+the life severe in its labor-tax on muscle; and so the Esquimaux live
+largely on the blubber and fat of aquatic animals. No other diet is
+possible to them; they could not get fruits, nuts, or vegetables even if
+they were disposed to eat them; and they could not live on them in that
+climate if they could get them. So, notwithstanding the arguments of the
+vegetarians, the Esquimaux will continue to live on animal fats.
+
+On the other hand, as we come toward the tropics, we find fuel foods
+less required; and we find the people naturally inclining toward a
+vegetarian diet. Millions live on rice and fruits; and the food regimen
+of an Esquimaux village, if followed upon the equator, would result in
+speedy death. A "natural" diet for the equatorial regions would be very
+far from being a natural diet near the North Pole; and the people of
+either zone, if not interfered with by medical or dietary "scientists,"
+will be guided by the All Intelligence, which seeks the fullest life in
+all, to feed themselves in the best way for the promotion of perfect
+health. In general, you can see that God, working in nature and in the
+evolution of human society and customs, has answered your question as to
+what you shall eat; and I advise you to take His answer in preference to
+that of any man.
+
+In the temperate zone the largest demands are made on man in spirit,
+mind, and body; and here we find the greatest variety of foods provided
+by nature. And it is really quite useless and superfluous to theorize on
+the question what the masses shall eat, for they have no choice; they
+must eat the foods which are staple products of the zone in which they
+live. It is impossible to supply all the people with a nut-and-fruit or
+raw food diet; and the fact that it is impossible is proof positive that
+these are not the foods intended by nature, for nature, being formed for
+the advancement of life, has not made the obtaining of the means of life
+an impossibility. So, I say, the question, What shall I eat? has been
+answered for you. Eat wheat, corn, rye, oats, barley, buckwheat; eat
+vegetables; eat meats, eat fruits, eat the things that are eaten by the
+masses of the people around the world, for in this matter the voice of
+the people is the voice of God. They have been led, generally, to the
+selection of certain foods; and they have been led, generally, to
+prepare these foods in generally similar ways; and you may depend upon
+it that in general they have the right foods and are preparing them in
+the right way. In these matters the race has been under the guidance of
+God. The list of foods in common use is a long one, and you must select
+therefrom according to your individual taste; if you do, you will find
+that you have an infallible guide, as shown in the next two chapters.
+
+If you do not eat until you have an EARNED hunger, you will not find
+your taste demanding unnatural or unhealthy foods. The woodchopper, who
+has swung his axe continuously from seven in the morning until noon does
+not come in clamoring for cream puffs and confectionery; he wants pork
+and beans, or beefsteak and potatoes, or corn bread and cabbage; he asks
+for the plain solids. Offer to crack him a few walnuts and give him a
+plate of lettuce, and you will be met with huge disdain; those things
+are not natural foods for a workingman. And if they are not natural
+foods for a workingman, they are not for any other man; for work hunger
+is the only real hunger, and requires the same materials to satisfy it,
+whether it be in woodchopper or banker, in man, woman or child.
+
+It is a mistake to suppose that food must be selected with anxious care
+to fit the vocation of the person who eats. It is not true that the
+woodchopper requires "heavy" or "solid" foods and the bookkeeper "light"
+foods. If you are a bookkeeper, or other brain worker, and do not eat
+until you have an EARNED hunger, you will want exactly the same foods
+that the woodchopper wants. Your body is made of exactly the same
+elements as that of the woodchopper, and requires the same materials for
+cell-building; why, then, feed him on ham and eggs and corn bread and
+you on crackers and toast? True, most of his waste is of muscle, while
+most of yours is of brain and nerve tissue; but it is also true that the
+woodchopper's diet contains all the requisites for brain and nerve
+building in far better proportions than they are found in most "light"
+foods. The world's best brain work has been done on the fare of the
+working people. The world's greatest thinkers have invariably lived on
+the plain solid foods common among the masses.
+
+Let the bookkeeper wait until he has an earned hunger before he eats;
+and then, if he wants ham, eggs, and corn bread, by all means let him
+eat them; but let him remember that he does not need one-twentieth of
+the amount necessary for the woodchopper. It is not eating "hearty"
+foods which gives the brain worker indigestion; it is eating as much as
+would be needed by a muscle worker. Indigestion is never caused by
+eating to satisfy hunger; it is always caused by eating to gratify
+appetite. If you eat in the manner prescribed in the next chapter, your
+taste will soon become so natural that you will never WANT anything that
+you cannot eat with impunity; and you can drop the whole anxious
+question of what to eat from your mind forever, and simply eat what you
+want. Indeed, that is the only way to do if you are to think no
+thoughts but those of health; for you cannot think health so long as you
+are in continual doubt and uncertainty as to whether you are getting the
+right bills of fare.
+
+"Take no thought what ye shall eat," said Jesus, and he spoke wisely.
+The foods found on the table of any ordinary middle-class or working
+class family will nourish your body perfectly if you eat at the right
+times and in the right way. If you want meat, eat it; and if you do not
+want it, do not eat it, and do not suppose that you must find some
+special substitute for it. You can live perfectly well on what is left
+on any table after the meat has been removed.
+
+It is not necessary to worry about a "varied" diet, so as to get in all
+the necessary elements. The Chinese and Hindus build very good bodies
+and excellent brains on a diet of few variations, rice making almost the
+whole of it. The Scotch are physically and mentally strong on oatmeal
+cakes; and the Irishman is husky of body and brilliant of mind on
+potatoes and pork. The wheat berry contains practically all that is
+necessary for the building of brain and body; and a man can live very
+well on a monodiet of navy beans.
+
+Form a conception of perfect health for yourself, and do not hold any
+thought which is not a thought of health.
+
+NEVER eat until you have an EARNED HUNGER. Remember that it will not
+hurt you in the least to go hungry for a short time; but it will surely
+hurt you to eat when you are not hungry.
+
+Do not give the least thought to what you should or should not eat;
+simply eat what is set before you, selecting that which pleases your
+taste most. In other words, eat what you want. This you can do with
+perfect results if you eat in the right way; and how to do this will be
+explained in the next chapter.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+
+HOW TO EAT.
+
+
+It is a settled fact that man naturally chews his food. The few faddists
+who maintain that we should bolt our nourishment, after the manner of
+the dog and others of the lower animals, can no longer get a hearing; we
+know that we should chew our food. And if it is natural that we should
+chew our food, the more thoroughly we chew it the more completely
+natural the process must be. If you will chew every mouthful to a
+liquid, you need not be in the least concerned as to what you shall eat,
+for you can get sufficient nourishment out of any ordinary food.
+
+Whether or not this chewing shall be an irksome and laborious task or a
+most enjoyable process, depends upon the mental attitude in which you
+come to the table.
+
+If your mind and attitude are on other things, or if you are anxious or
+worried about business or domestic affairs, you will find it almost
+impossible to eat without bolting more or less of your food. You must
+learn to live so scientifically that you will have no business or
+domestic cares to worry about; this you can do, and you can also learn
+to give your undivided attention to the act of eating while at the
+table.
+
+When you eat, do so with an eye single to the purpose of getting all the
+enjoyment you can from that meal; dismiss everything else from your
+mind, and do not let anything take your attention from the food and its
+taste until your meal is finished. Be cheerfully confident, for if you
+follow these instructions you may KNOW that the food you eat is exactly
+the right food, and that it will "agree" with you to perfection.
+
+Sit down to the table with confident cheerfulness, and take a moderate
+portion of the food; take whatever thing looks most desirable to you. Do
+not select some food because you think it will be good for you; select
+that which will taste good to you. If you are to get well and stay well,
+you must drop the idea of doing things because they are good for your
+health, and do things because you want to do them. Select the food you
+want most; gratefully give thanks to God that you have learned how to
+eat it in such a way that digestion shall be perfect; and take a
+moderate mouthful of it.
+
+Do not fix your attention on the act of chewing; fix it on the TASTE of
+the food; and taste and enjoy it until it is reduced to a liquid state
+and passes down your throat by involuntary swallowing. No matter how
+long it takes, do not think of the time. Think of the taste. Do not
+allow your eyes to wander over the table, speculating as to what you
+shall eat next; do not worry for fear there is not enough, and that you
+will not get your share of everything. Do not anticipate the taste of
+the next thing; keep your mind centered on the taste of what you have in
+your mouth. And that is all of it.
+
+Scientific and healthful eating is a delightful process after you have
+learned how to do it, and after you have overcome the bad old habit of
+gobbling down your food unchewed. It is best not to have too much
+conversation going on while eating; be cheerful, but not talkative; do
+the talking afterward.
+
+In most cases, some use of the will is required to form the habit of
+correct eating. The bolting habit is an unnatural one, and is without
+doubt mostly the result of fear. Fear that we will be robbed of our
+food; fear that we will not get our share of the good things; fear that
+we will lose precious time--these are the causes of haste. Then there is
+anticipation of the dainties that are to come for dessert, and the
+consequent desire to get at them as quickly as possible; and there is
+mental abstraction, or thinking of other matters while eating. All these
+must be overcome.
+
+When you find that your mind is wandering, call a halt; think for a
+moment of the food, and of how good it tastes; of the perfect digestion
+and assimilation that are going to follow the meal, and begin again.
+Begin again and again, though you must do so twenty times in the course
+of a single meal; and again and again, though you must do so every meal
+for weeks and months. It is perfectly certain that you CAN form the
+"Fletcher habit" if you persevere; and when you have formed it, you will
+experience a healthful pleasure you have never known.
+
+This is a vital point, and I must not leave it until I have thoroughly
+impressed it upon your mind. Given the right materials, perfectly
+prepared, the Principle of Health will positively build you a perfectly
+healthy body; and you cannot prepare the materials _perfectly_ in any
+other way that the one I am describing. If you are to have perfect
+health, you MUST eat in just this way; you can, and the doing of it is
+only a matter of a little perseverance. What use for you to talk of
+mental control unless you will govern yourself in so simple a matter as
+ceasing to bolt your food? What use to talk of concentration unless you
+can keep your mind on the act of eating for so short a space as fifteen
+or twenty minutes, especially with all the pleasures of taste to help
+you? Go on, and conquer. In a few weeks, or months, as the case may be,
+you will find the habit of scientific eating becoming fixed; and soon
+you will be in so splendid a condition, mentally and physically, that
+nothing would induce you to return to the bad old way.
+
+We have seen that if man will think only thoughts of perfect health, his
+internal functions will be performed in a healthy manner; and we have
+seen that in order to think thoughts of health, man must perform the
+voluntary functions in a healthy manner. The most important of the
+voluntary functions is that of eating; and we see, so far, no especial
+difficulty in eating in a perfectly healthy way. I will here summarize
+the instructions as to when to eat, what to eat, and how to eat, with
+the reasons therefor:--
+
+NEVER eat until you have an EARNED hunger, no matter how long you go
+without food. This is based on the fact that whenever food is needed in
+the system, if there is power to digest it, the sub-conscious mind
+announces the need by the sensation of hunger. Learn to distinguish
+between genuine hunger and the gnawing and craving sensations caused by
+unnatural appetite. Hunger is never a disagreeable feeling, accompanied
+by weakness, faintness, or gnawing feelings at the stomach; it is a
+pleasant, anticipatory desire for food, and is felt mostly in the mouth
+and throat. It does not come at certain hours or at stated intervals; it
+only comes when the sub-conscious mind is ready to receive, digest, and
+assimilate food.
+
+Eat whatever foods you want, making your selection from the staples in
+general use in the zone in which you live. The Supreme Intelligence has
+guided man to the selection of these foods, and they are the right ones
+for all. I am referring, of course, to the foods which are taken to
+satisfy hunger, not to those which have been contrived merely to gratify
+appetite or perverted taste. The instinct which has guided the masses of
+men to make use of the great staples of food to satisfy their hunger is
+a divine one. God has made no mistake; if you eat these foods you will
+not go wrong.
+
+Eat your food with cheerful confidence, and get all the pleasure that is
+to be had from the taste of every mouthful. Chew each morsel to a
+liquid, keeping your attention fixed on the enjoyment of the process.
+This is the only way to eat in a perfectly complete and successful
+manner; and when anything is done in a completely successful manner, the
+general result cannot be a failure. In the attainment of health, the law
+is the same as in the attainment of riches; if you make each act a
+success in itself, the sum of all your acts must be a success. When you
+eat in the mental attitude I have described, and in the manner I have
+described, nothing can be added to the process; it is done in a perfect
+manner, and it is successfully done. And if eating is successfully done,
+digestion, assimilation, and the building of a healthy body are
+successfully begun. We next take up the question of the quantity of food
+required.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII.
+
+HUNGER AND APPETITES.
+
+
+It is very easy to find the correct answer to the question, How much
+shall I eat? You are never to eat until you have an earned hunger, and
+you are to stop eating the instant you BEGIN to feel that your hunger is
+abating. Never gorge yourself; never eat to repletion. When you _begin_
+to feel that your hunger is satisfied, know that you have enough; for
+until you have enough, you will continue to feel the sensation of
+hunger. If you eat as directed in the last chapter, it is probable that
+you will begin to feel satisfied before you have taken half your usual
+amount; but stop there, all the same. No matter how delightfully
+attractive the dessert, or how tempting the pie or pudding, do not eat a
+mouthful of it if you find that your hunger has been in the least
+degree assuaged by the other foods you have taken.
+
+Whatever you eat after your hunger begins to abate is taken to gratify
+taste and appetite, not hunger and is not called for by nature at all.
+It is therefore excess; mere debauchery, and it cannot fail to work
+mischief.
+
+This is a point you will need to watch with nice discrimination, for the
+habit of eating purely for sensual gratification is very deeply rooted
+with most of us. The usual "dessert" of sweet and tempting foods is
+prepared solely with a view to inducing people to eat after hunger has
+been satisfied; and all the effects are evil. It is not that pie and
+cake are unwholesome foods; they are usually perfectly wholesome if
+eaten to satisfy hunger, and NOT to gratify appetite. If you want pie,
+cake, pastry or puddings, it is better to begin your meal with them,
+finishing with the plainer and less tasty foods. You will find,
+however, that if you eat as directed in the preceding chapters, the
+plainest food will soon come to taste like kingly fare to you; for your
+sense of taste, like all your other senses, will become so acute with
+the general improvement in your condition that you will find new
+delights in common things. No glutton ever enjoyed a meal like the man
+who eats for hunger only, who gets the most out of every mouthful, and
+who stops on the instant that he feels the edge taken from his hunger.
+The first intimation that hunger is abating is the signal from the
+sub-conscious mind that it is time to quit.
+
+The average person who takes up this plan of living will be greatly
+surprised to learn how little food is really required to keep the body
+in perfect condition. The amount depends upon the work; upon how much
+muscular exercise is taken, and upon the extent to which the person is
+exposed to cold. The woodchopper who goes into the forest in the winter
+time and swings his axe all day can eat two full meals; but the brain
+worker who sits all day on a chair, in a warm room, does not need one
+third and often not one tenth as much. Most woodchoppers eat two or
+three times as much, and most brain workers from three to ten times as
+much as nature calls for; and the elimination of this vast amount of
+surplus rubbish from their systems is a tax on vital power which in time
+depletes their energy and leaves them an easy prey to so-called disease.
+Get all possible enjoyment out of the taste of your food, but never eat
+anything merely because it tastes good; and on the instant that you feel
+that your hunger is less keen, stop eating.
+
+If you will consider for a moment, you will see that there is positively
+no other way for you to settle these various food questions than by
+adopting the plan here laid down for you. As to the proper time to eat,
+there is no other way to decide than to say that you should eat
+whenever you have an EARNED HUNGER. It is a self-evident proposition
+that that is the right time to eat, and that any other is a wrong time
+to eat. As to what to eat, the Eternal Wisdom has decided that the
+masses of men shall eat the staple products of the zones in which they
+live. The staple foods of your particular zone are the right foods for
+you; and the Eternal Wisdom, working in and through the minds of the
+masses of men, has taught them how best to prepare these foods by
+cooking and otherwise. And as to how to eat, you know that you must chew
+your food; and if it must be chewed, then reason tells us that the more
+thorough and perfect the operation the better.
+
+I repeat that success in anything is attained by making each separate
+act a success in itself. If you make each action, however small and
+unimportant, a thoroughly successful action, your day's work as a whole
+cannot result in failure. If you make the actions of each day
+successful, the sum total of your life cannot be failure. A great
+success is the result of doing a large number of little things, and
+doing each one in a perfectly successful way. If every thought is a
+healthy thought, and if every action of your life is performed in a
+healthy way, you must soon attain to perfect health. It is impossible to
+devise a way in which you can perform the act of eating more
+successfully, and in a manner more in accord with the laws of life, than
+by chewing every mouthful to a liquid, enjoying the taste fully, and
+keeping a cheerful confidence the while. Nothing can be added to make
+the process more successful; while if anything be subtracted, the
+process will not be a completely healthy one.
+
+In the matter of how much to eat, you will also see that there could be
+no other guide so natural, so safe, and so reliable as the one I have
+prescribed--to stop eating on the instant you feel that your hunger
+begins to abate. The sub-conscious mind may be trusted with implicit
+reliance to inform us when food is needed; and it may be trusted as
+implicitly to inform us when the need has been supplied. If ALL food is
+eaten for hunger, and NO food is taken merely to gratify taste, you will
+never eat too much; and if you eat whenever you have an EARNED hunger,
+you will always eat enough. By reading carefully the summing up in the
+following chapter, you will see that the requirements for eating in a
+perfectly healthy way are really very few and simple.
+
+The matter of drinking in a natural way may be dismissed here with a
+very few words. If you wish to be exactly and rigidly scientific, drink
+nothing but water; drink only when you are thirsty; drink whenever you
+are thirsty, and stop as soon as you feel that your thirst begins to
+abate. But if you are living rightly in regard to eating, it will not
+be necessary to practice asceticism or great self-denial in the matter
+of drinking. You can take an occasional cup of weak coffee without harm;
+you can, to a reasonable extent, follow the customs of those around you.
+Do not get the soda fountain habit; do not drink merely to tickle your
+palate with sweet liquids; be sure that you take a drink of water
+whenever you feel thirst. Never be too lazy, too indifferent, or too
+busy to get a drink of water when you feel the least thirst; if you obey
+this rule, you will have little inclination to take strange and
+unnatural drinks. Drink only to satisfy thirst; drink whenever you feel
+thirst; and stop drinking as soon as you feel thirst abating. That is
+the perfectly healthy way to supply the body with the necessary fluid
+material for its internal processes.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII.
+
+IN A NUTSHELL.
+
+
+There is a Cosmic Life which permeates, penetrates, and fills the
+interspaces of the universe, being in and through all things. This Life
+is not merely a vibration, or form of energy; it is a Living Substance.
+All things are made from it; it is All, and in all.
+
+This Substance thinks, and it assumes the form of that which it thinks
+about. The thought of a form, in this substance, creates the form; the
+thought of a motion institutes the motion. The visible universe, with
+all its forms and motions, exists because it is in the thought of
+Original Substance.
+
+Man is a form of Original Substance, and can think original thoughts;
+and within himself, man's thoughts have controlling or formative power.
+The thought of a condition produces that condition; the thought of a
+motion institutes that motion. So long as man thinks of the conditions
+and motions of disease, so long will the conditions and motions of
+disease exist within him. If man will think only of perfect health, the
+Principle of Health within him will maintain normal conditions.
+
+To be well, man must form a conception of perfect health, and hold
+thoughts harmonious with that conception as regards himself and all
+things. He must think only of healthy conditions and functioning; he
+must not permit a thought of unhealthy or abnormal conditions or
+functioning to find lodgment in his mind at any time.
+
+In order to think only of healthy conditions and functioning, man must
+perform the voluntary acts of life in a perfectly healthy way. He cannot
+think perfect health so long as he knows that he is living in a wrong or
+unhealthy way; or even so long as he has doubts as to whether or not he
+is living in a healthy way. Man cannot think thoughts of perfect health
+while his voluntary functions are performed in the manner of one who is
+sick. The voluntary functions of life are eating, drinking, breathing,
+and sleeping. When man thinks only of healthy conditions and
+functioning, and performs these externals in a perfectly healthy manner,
+he must have perfect health.
+
+In eating, man must learn to be guided by his hunger. He must
+distinguish between hunger and appetite, and between hunger and the
+cravings of habit; he must NEVER eat unless he feels an EARNED HUNGER.
+He must learn that genuine hunger is never present after natural sleep,
+and that the demand for an early morning meal is purely a matter of
+habit and appetite; and he must not begin his day by eating in violation
+of natural law. He must wait until he has an Earned Hunger, which, in
+most cases, will make his first meal come at about the noon hour. No
+matter what his condition, vocation, or circumstances, he must make it
+his rule not to eat until he has an EARNED HUNGER; and he may remember
+that it is far better to fast for several hours after he has become
+hungry than to eat before he begins to feel hunger. It will not hurt you
+to go hungry for a few hours, even though you are working hard; but it
+will hurt you to fill your stomach when you are not hungry, whether you
+are working or not. If you never eat until you have an Earned Hunger,
+you may be certain that in so far as the time of eating is concerned,
+you are proceeding in a perfectly healthy way. This is a self-evident
+proposition.
+
+As to what he shall eat, man must be guided by that Intelligence which
+has arranged that the people of any given portion of the earth's surface
+must live on the staple products of the zone which they inhabit. Have
+faith in God, and ignore "food science" of every kind. Do not pay the
+slightest attention to the controversies as to the relative merits of
+cooked and raw foods; of vegetables and meats; or as to your need for
+carbohydrates and proteins. Eat only when you have an earned hunger, and
+then take the common foods of the masses of the people in the zone in
+which you live, and have perfect confidence that the results will be
+good. They will be. Do not seek for luxuries, or for things imported or
+fixed up to tempt the taste; stick to the plain solids; and when these
+do not "taste good," fast until they do. Do not seek for "light" foods;
+for easily digestible, or "healthy" foods; eat what the farmers and
+workingmen eat. Then you will be functioning in a perfectly healthy
+manner, so far as what to eat is concerned. I repeat, if you have no
+hunger or taste for the plain foods, do not eat at all; wait until
+hunger comes. Go without eating until the plainest food tastes good to
+you; and then begin your meal with what you like best.
+
+In deciding how to eat, man must be guided by reason. We can see that
+the abnormal states of hurry and worry produced by wrong thinking about
+business and similar things have led us to form the habit of eating too
+fast, and chewing too little. Reason tells us that food should be
+chewed, and that the more thoroughly it is chewed the better it is
+prepared for the chemistry of digestion. Furthermore, we can see that
+the man who eats slowly and chews his food to a liquid, keeping his mind
+on the process and giving it his undivided attention, will enjoy more of
+the pleasure of taste than he who bolts his food with his mind on
+something else. To eat in a perfectly healthy manner, man must
+concentrate his attention on the act, with cheerful enjoyment and
+confidence; he must taste his food, and he must reduce each mouthful to
+a liquid before swallowing it. The foregoing instructions, if followed,
+make the function of eating completely perfect; nothing can be added as
+to what, when, and how.
+
+In the matter of how much to eat, man must be guided by the same inward
+intelligence, or Principle of Health, which tells him when food is
+wanted. He must stop eating in the moment that he feels hunger abating;
+he must not eat beyond this point to gratify taste. If he ceases to eat
+in the instant that the inward demand for food ceases, he will never
+overeat; and the function of supplying the body with food will be
+performed in a perfectly healthy manner.
+
+The matter of eating naturally is a very simple one; there is nothing in
+all the foregoing that cannot be easily practiced by any one. This
+method, put in practice, will infallibly result in perfect digestion and
+assimilation; and all anxiety and careful thought concerning the matter
+can at once be dropped from the mind. Whenever you have an earned
+hunger, eat with thankfulness what is set before you, chewing each
+mouthful to a liquid, and stopping when you feel the edge taken from
+your hunger.
+
+The importance of the mental attitude is sufficient to justify an
+additional word. While you are eating, as at all other times, think only
+of healthy conditions and normal functioning. Enjoy what you eat; if you
+carry on a conversation at the table, talk of the goodness of the food,
+and of the pleasure it is giving you. Never mention that you dislike
+this or that; speak only of those things which you like. Never discuss
+the wholesomeness or unwholesomeness of foods; never mention or think of
+unwholesomeness at all. If there is anything on the table for which you
+do not care, pass it by in silence, or with a word of commendation;
+never criticise or object to anything. Eat your food with gladness and
+with singleness of heart, praising God and giving thanks. Let your
+watchword be perseverance; whenever you fall into the old way of hasty
+eating, or of wrong thought and speech, bring yourself up short and
+begin again.
+
+It is of the most vital importance to you that you should be a
+self-controlling and self-directing person; and you can never hope to
+become so unless you can master yourself in so simple and fundamental a
+matter as the manner and method of your eating. If you cannot control
+yourself in this, you cannot control yourself in anything that will be
+worth while. On the other hand, if you carry out the foregoing
+instructions, you may rest in the assurance that in so far as right
+thinking and right eating are concerned you are living in a perfectly
+scientific way; and you may also be assured that if you practice what is
+prescribed in the following chapters you will quickly build your body
+into a condition of perfect health.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV.
+
+BREATHING.
+
+
+The function of breathing is a vital one, and it immediately concerns
+the continuance of life. We can live many hours without sleeping, and
+many days without eating or drinking, but only a few minutes without
+breathing. The act of breathing is involuntary, but the manner of it,
+and the provision of the proper conditions for its healthy performance,
+falls within the scope of volition. Man will continue to breathe
+involuntarily, but he can voluntarily determine what he shall breathe,
+and how deeply and thoroughly he shall breathe; and he can, of his own
+volition, keep the physical mechanism in condition for the perfect
+performance of the function.
+
+It is essential, if you wish to breathe in a perfectly healthy way,
+that the physical machinery used in the act should be kept in good
+condition. You must keep your spine moderately straight, and the muscles
+of your chest must be flexible and free in action. You cannot breathe in
+the right way if your shoulders are greatly stooped forward and your
+chest hollow and rigid. Sitting or standing at work in a slightly
+stooping position tends to produce hollow chest; so does lifting heavy
+weights--or light weights.
+
+The tendency of work, of almost all kinds, is to pull the shoulders
+forward, curve the spine, and flatten the chest; and if the chest is
+greatly flattened, full and deep breathing becomes impossible, and
+perfect health is out of the question.
+
+Various gymnastic exercises have been devised to counteract the effect
+of stooping while at work; such as hanging by the hands from a swing or
+trapeze bar, or sitting on a chair with the feet under some heavy
+article of furniture and bending backward until the head touches the
+floor, and so on. All these are good enough in their way, but very few
+people will follow them long enough and regularly enough to accomplish
+any real gain in physique. The taking of "health exercises" of any kind
+is burdensome and unnecessary; there is a more natural, simpler, and
+much better way.
+
+This better way is to keep yourself straight, and to breathe deeply. Let
+your mental conception of yourself be that you are a perfectly straight
+person, and whenever the matter comes to your mind, be sure that you
+instantly expand your chest, throw back your shoulders, and "straighten
+up." Whenever you do this, slowly draw in your breath until you fill
+your lungs to their utmost capacity; "crowd in" all the air you possibly
+can; and while holding it for an instant in the lungs, throw your
+shoulders still further back, and stretch your chest; at the same time
+try to pull your spine forward between the shoulders. Then let the air
+go easily.
+
+This is the one great exercise for keeping the chest full, flexible, and
+in good condition. Straighten up; fill your lungs FULL; stretch your
+chest and straighten your spine, and exhale easily. And this exercise
+you must repeat, in season and out of season, at all times and in all
+places, until you form a habit of doing it; you can easily do so.
+Whenever you step out of doors into the fresh, pure air, BREATHE. When
+you are at work, and think of yourself and your position, BREATHE. When
+you are in company, and are reminded of the matter, BREATHE. When you
+are awake in the night, BREATHE. No matter where you are or what you are
+doing, whenever the idea comes to your mind, straighten up and BREATHE.
+If you walk to and from your work, take the exercise all the way; it
+will soon become a delight to you; you will keep it up, not for the
+sake of health, but as a matter of pleasure.
+
+Do not consider this a "health exercise"; _never take health exercises,
+or do gymnastics to make you well. To do so is to recognize sickness as
+a present fact or as a possibility, which is precisely what you must not
+do_. The people who are always taking exercises for their health are
+always thinking about being sick. It ought to be a matter of pride with
+you to keep your spine straight and strong; as much so as it is to keep
+your face clean. Keep your spine straight, and your chest full and
+flexible for the same reason that you keep your hands clean and your
+nails manicured; because it is slovenly to do otherwise. Do it without a
+thought of sickness, present or possible. You must either be crooked and
+unsightly, or you must be straight; and if you are straight your
+breathing will take care of itself. You will find the matter of health
+exercises referred to again in a future chapter.
+
+It is essential, however, that you should breathe AIR. It appears to be
+the intention of nature that the lungs should receive air containing its
+regular percentage of oxygen, and not greatly contaminated by other
+gases, or by filth of any kind. Do not allow yourself to think that you
+are compelled to live or work where the air is not fit to breathe. If
+your house cannot be properly ventilated, move; and if you are employed
+where the air is bad, get another job; you can, by practicing the
+methods given in the preceding volume of this series--"THE SCIENCE OF
+GETTING RICH." If no one would consent to work in bad air, employers
+would speedily see to it that all work rooms were properly ventilated.
+The worst air is that from which the oxygen has been exhausted by
+breathing; as that of churches and theaters where crowds of people
+congregate, and the outlet and supply of air are poor. Next to this is
+air containing other gases than oxygen and hydrogen--sewer gas, and the
+effluvium from decaying things. Air that is heavily charged with dust or
+particles of organic matter may be endured better than any of these.
+Small particles of organic matter other than food are generally thrown
+off from the lungs; but gases go into the blood.
+
+I speak advisedly when I say "other than food." Air is largely a food.
+It is the most thoroughly alive thing we take into the body. Every
+breath carries in millions of microbes, many of which are assimilated.
+The odors from earth, grass, tree, flower, plant, and from cooking foods
+are foods in themselves; they are minute particles of the substances
+from which they come, and are often so attenuated that they pass
+directly from the lungs into the blood, and are assimilated without
+digestion. And the atmosphere is permeated with the One Original
+Substance, which is life itself. Consciously recognize this whenever
+you think of your breathing, and think that you are breathing in life;
+you really are, and conscious recognition helps the process. See to it
+that you do not breathe air containing poisonous gases, and that you do
+not rebreathe the air which has been used by yourself or others.
+
+That is all there is to the matter of breathing correctly. Keep your
+spine straight and your chest flexible, and breathe pure air,
+recognizing with thankfulness the fact that you breathe in the Eternal
+Life. That is not difficult; and beyond these things give little thought
+to your breathing except to thank God that you have learned how to do it
+perfectly.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV.
+
+SLEEP.
+
+
+Vital power is renewed in sleep. Every living thing sleeps; men,
+animals, reptiles, fish, and insects sleep, and even plants have regular
+periods of slumber. And this is because it is in sleep that we come into
+such contact with the Principle of Life in nature that our own lives may
+be renewed. It is in sleep that the brain of man is recharged with vital
+energy, and the Principle of Health within him is given new strength. It
+is of the first importance, then, that we should sleep in a natural,
+normal, and perfectly healthy manner.
+
+Studying sleep, we note that the breathing is much deeper, and more
+forcible and rhythmic than in the waking state. Much more air is
+inspired when asleep than when awake, and this tells us that the
+Principle of Health requires large quantities of some element in the
+atmosphere for the process of renewal. If you would surround sleep with
+natural conditions, then, the first step is to see that you have an
+unlimited supply of fresh and pure air to breathe. Physicians have found
+that sleeping in the pure air of out-of-doors is very efficacious in the
+treatment of pulmonary troubles; and, taken in connection with the Way
+of Living and Thinking prescribed in this book, you will find that it is
+just as efficacious in curing every other sort of trouble. Do not take
+any half-way measures in this matter of securing pure air while you
+sleep. Ventilate your bedroom thoroughly; so thoroughly that it will be
+practically the same as sleeping out of doors. Have a door or window
+open wide; have one open on each side of the room, if possible. If you
+cannot have a good draught of air across the room, pull the head of
+your bed close to the open window, so that the air from without may come
+fully into your face. No matter how cold or unpleasant the weather, have
+a window open, and open wide; and try to get a circulation of pure air
+through the room. Pile on the bedclothes, if necessary, to keep you
+warm; but have an unlimited supply of fresh air from out of doors. This
+is the first great requisite for healthy sleep.
+
+The brain and nerve centers cannot be thoroughly vitalized if you sleep
+in "dead" or stagnant air; you must have the living atmosphere, vital
+with nature's Principle of Life. I repeat, do not make any compromise in
+this matter; ventilate your sleeping room completely, and see that there
+is a circulation of outdoor air through it while you sleep. You are not
+sleeping in a perfectly healthy way if you shut the doors and windows of
+your sleeping room, whether in winter or summer. Have fresh air. If you
+are where there is no fresh air, move. If your bedroom cannot be
+ventilated, get into another house.
+
+Next in importance is the mental attitude in which you go to sleep. It
+is well to sleep intelligently, purposefully, knowing what you do it
+for. Lie down thinking that sleep is an infallible vitalizer, and go to
+sleep with a confident faith that your strength is to be renewed; that
+you will awake full of vitality and health. Put purpose into your sleep
+as you do into your eating; give the matter your attention for a few
+minutes, as you go to rest. Do not seek your couch with a discouraged or
+depressed feeling; go there joyously, to be made whole. Do not forget
+the exercise of gratitude in going to sleep; before you close your eyes,
+give thanks to God for having shown you the way to perfect health, and
+go to sleep with this grateful thought uppermost in your mind. A bedtime
+prayer of thanksgiving is a mighty good thing; it puts the Principle of
+Health within you into communication with its source, from which it is
+to receive new power while you are in the silence of unconsciousness.
+
+You may see that the requirements for perfectly healthy sleep are not
+difficult. First, to see that you breathe pure air from out of doors
+while you sleep; and, second, to put the Within into touch with the
+Living Substance by a few minutes of grateful meditation as you go to
+bed. Observe these requirements, go to sleep in a thankful and confident
+frame of mind, and all will be well. If you have insomnia, do not let it
+worry you. While you lie awake, form your conception of health; meditate
+with thankfulness on the abundant life which is yours, breathe, and feel
+perfectly confident that you will sleep in due time; and you will.
+Insomnia, like every other ailment, must give way before the Principle
+of Health aroused to full constructive activity by the course of
+thought and action herein described.
+
+The reader will now comprehend that it is not at all burdensome or
+disagreeable to perform the voluntary functions of life in a perfectly
+healthy way. The perfectly healthy way is the easiest, simplest, most
+natural, and most pleasant way. The cultivation of health is not a work
+of art, difficulty, or strenuous labor. You have only to lay aside
+artificial observances of every kind, and eat, drink, breathe, and sleep
+in the most natural and delightful way; and if you do this, thinking
+health and only health, you will certainly be well.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI.
+
+SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS.
+
+
+In forming a conception of health, it is necessary to think of the
+manner in which you would live and work if you were perfectly well and
+very strong; to imagine yourself doing things in the way of a perfectly
+well and very strong person, until you have a fairly good conception of
+what you would be if you were well. Then take a mental and physical
+attitude in harmony with this conception; and do not depart from this
+attitude. You must unify yourself in thought with the thing you desire;
+and whatever state or condition you unify with yourself in thought will
+soon become unified with you in body. The scientific way is to sever
+relations with everything you do not want, and to enter into relations
+with everything you do want. Form a conception of perfect health, and
+relate yourself to this conception in word, act, and attitude.
+
+Guard your speech; make every word harmonize with the conception of
+perfect health. Never complain; never say things like these: "I did not
+sleep well last night;" "I have a pain in my side;" "I do not feel at
+all well to-day," and so on. Say "I am looking forward to a good night's
+sleep to-night;" "I can see that I progress rapidly," and things of
+similar meaning. In so far as everything which is connected with disease
+is concerned, your way is to forget it; and in so far as everything
+which is connected with health is concerned, your way is to unify
+yourself with it in thought and speech.
+
+This is the whole thing in a nutshell: _make yourself one with Health in
+thought, word, and action; and do not connect yourself with sickness
+either by thought, word, or action_.
+
+Do not read "Doctor Books" or medical literature, or the literature of
+those whose theories conflict with those herein set forth; to do so will
+certainly undermine your faith in the Way of Living upon which you have
+entered, and cause you to again come into mental relations with disease.
+This book really gives you all that is required; nothing essential has
+been omitted, and practically all the superfluous has been eliminated.
+The Science of Being Well is an exact science, like arithmetic; nothing
+can be added to the fundamental principles, and if anything be taken
+from them, a failure will result. If you follow strictly the way of
+living prescribed in this book, you will be well; and you certainly CAN
+follow this way, both in thought and action.
+
+Relate not only yourself, but so far as possible all others, in your
+thoughts, to perfect health. Do not sympathize with people when they
+complain, or even when they are sick and suffering. Turn their thoughts
+into a constructive channel if you can; do all you can for their relief,
+but do it with the health thought in your mind. Do not let people tell
+their woes and catalogue their symptoms to you; turn the conversation to
+some other subject, or excuse yourself and go. Better be considered an
+unfeeling person than to have the disease thought forced upon you. When
+you are in company of people whose conversational stock-in-trade is
+sickness and kindred matters, ignore what they say and fall to offering
+a mental prayer of gratitude for your perfect health; and if that does
+not enable you to shut out their thoughts, say good-by and leave them.
+No matter what they think or say; politeness does not require you to
+permit yourself to be poisoned by diseased or perverted thought. When we
+have a few more hundreds of thousands of enlightened thinkers who will
+not stay where people complain and talk sickness, the world will advance
+rapidly toward health. When you let people talk to you of sickness, you
+assist them to increase and multiply sickness.
+
+What shall I do when I am in pain? Can one be in actual physical
+suffering and still think only thoughts of _health_?
+
+Yes. Do not resist pain; recognize that it is a good thing. Pain is
+caused by an effort of the Principle of Health to overcome some
+unnatural condition; this you must know and feel. When you have a pain,
+think that a process of healing is going on in the affected part, and
+mentally assist and co-operate with it. Put yourself in full mental
+harmony with the power which is causing the pain; assist it; help it
+along. Do not hesitate, when necessary, to use hot fomentations and
+similar means to further the good work which is going on. If the pain is
+severe, lie down and give your mind to the work of quietly and easily
+co-operating with the force which is at work for your good. This is the
+time to exercise gratitude and faith; be thankful for the power of
+health which is causing the pain, and be certain that the pain will
+cease as soon as the good work is done. Fix your thoughts, with
+confidence, on the Principle of Health which is making such conditions
+within you that pain will soon be unnecessary. You will be surprised to
+find how easily you can conquer pain; and after you have lived for a
+time in this Scientific Way, pains and aches will be things unknown to
+you.
+
+What shall I do when I am too weak for my work? Shall I drive myself
+beyond my strength, trusting in God to support me? Shall I go on, like
+the runner, expecting a "second wind"?
+
+No; better not. When you begin to live in this Way, you will probably
+not be of normal strength; and you will gradually pass from a low
+physical condition to a higher one. If you relate yourself mentally with
+health and strength, and perform the voluntary functions of life in a
+perfectly healthy manner, your strength will increase from day to day;
+but for a time you may have days when your strength is insufficient for
+the work you would like to do. At such times rest, and exercise
+gratitude. Recognize the fact that your strength is growing rapidly, and
+feel a deep thankfulness to the Living One from whom it comes. Spend an
+hour of weakness in thanksgiving and rest, with full faith that great
+strength is at hand; and then get up and go on again. While you rest do
+not think of your present weakness; _think of the strength that is
+coming_.
+
+Never, at any time, allow yourself to think that you are giving way to
+weakness; when you rest, as when you go to sleep, fix your mind on the
+Principle of Health which is building you into complete strength.
+
+What shall I do about that great bugaboo which scares millions of people
+to death every year--Constipation?
+
+Do nothing. Read Horace Fletcher on "The A B Z or Our Own Nutrition,"
+and get the full force of his explanation of the fact that when you live
+on this scientific plan you need not, and indeed cannot, have an
+evacuation of the bowels every day; and that an operation in from once
+in three days to once in two weeks is quite sufficient for perfect
+health. The gross feeders who eat from three to ten times as much as can
+be utilized in their systems have a great amount of waste to eliminate;
+but if you live in the manner we have described it will be otherwise
+with you.
+
+If you eat only when you have an EARNED HUNGER, and chew every mouthful
+to a liquid, and if you stop eating the instant you BEGIN to be
+conscious of an abatement of your hunger, you will so perfectly prepare
+your food for digestion and assimilation that practically all of it will
+be taken up by the absorbents; and there will be little--almost
+nothing--remaining in the bowels to be excreted. If you are able to
+entirely banish from your memory all that you have read in "doctor
+books" and patent medicine advertisements concerning constipation, you
+need give the matter no further thought at all. The Principle of Health
+will take care of it.
+
+But if your mind has been filled with fear-thought in regard to
+constipation, it may be well in the beginning for you to occasionally
+flush the colon with warm water. There is not the least need of doing
+it, except to make the process of your mental emancipation from fear a
+little easier; it may be worth while for that. And as soon as you see
+that you are making good progress, and that you have cut down your
+quantity of food, and are really eating in the Scientific Way, dismiss
+constipation from your mind forever; you have nothing more to do with
+it. Put your trust in that Principle within you which has the power to
+give you perfect health; relate It by your reverent gratitude to the
+Principle of Life which is All Power, and go on your way rejoicing.
+
+What about exercise?
+
+Every one is the better for a little all-round use of the muscles every
+day; and the best way to get this is to do it by engaging in some form
+of play or amusement. Get your exercise in the natural way; as
+recreation, not as a forced stunt for health's sake alone. Ride a horse
+or a bicycle; play tennis or tenpins, or toss a ball. Have some
+avocation like gardening in which you can spend an hour every day with
+pleasure and profit; there are a thousand ways in which you can get
+exercise enough to keep your body supple and your circulation good, and
+yet not fall into the rut of "exercising for your health." Exercise for
+fun or profit; exercise because you are too healthy to sit still, and
+not because you wish to become healthy, or to remain so.
+
+Are long continued fasts necessary?
+
+Seldom, if ever. The Principle of Health does not often require twenty,
+thirty, or forty days to get ready for action; under normal conditions,
+hunger will come in much less time. In most long fasts, the reason
+hunger does not come sooner is because it has been inhibited by the
+patient himself. He begins the fast with the FEAR if not actually with
+the hope that it will be many days before hunger comes; the literature
+he has read on the subject has prepared him to expect a long fast, and
+he is grimly determined to go to a finish, let the time be as long as it
+will. And the sub-conscious mind, under the influence of powerful and
+positive suggestion, suspends hunger.
+
+When, for any reason, nature takes away your hunger, go cheerfully on
+with your usual work, and do not eat until she gives it back. No matter
+if it is two, three, ten days, or longer; you may be perfectly sure that
+when it is time for you to eat you will be hungry; and if you are
+cheerfully confident and keep your faith in health, you will suffer
+from no weakness or discomfort caused by abstinence. When you are not
+hungry, you will feel stronger, happier, and more comfortable if you do
+not eat than you will if you do eat; no matter how long the fast. And if
+you live in the scientific way described in this book, you will never
+have to take long fasts; you will seldom miss a meal, and you will enjoy
+your meals more than ever before in your life. Get an earned hunger
+before you eat; and whenever you get an earned hunger, eat.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII.
+
+A SUMMARY OF THE SCIENCE OF BEING WELL.
+
+
+Health is perfectly natural functioning, normal living. There is a
+Principle of Life in the universe; it is the Living Substance, from
+which all things are made. This Living Substance permeates, penetrates,
+and fills the interspaces of the universe. In its invisible state it is
+in and through all forms; and yet all forms are made of it. To
+illustrate: Suppose that a very fine and highly diffusible aqueous vapor
+should permeate and penetrate a block of ice. The ice is formed from
+living water, and is living water in form; while the vapor is also
+living water, unformed, permeating a form made from itself. This
+illustration will explain how Living Substance permeates all forms made
+from It; all life comes from It; it is all the life there is.
+
+This Universal Substance is a thinking substance, and takes the form of
+its thought. The thought of a form, held by it, creates the form; and
+the thought of a motion causes the motion. It cannot help thinking, and
+so is forever creating; and it must move on toward fuller and more
+complete expression of itself. This means toward more complete life and
+more perfect functioning; and that means toward perfect health.
+
+The power of the living substance must always be exerted toward perfect
+health; it is a force in all things making for perfect functioning.
+
+_All things are permeated by a power which makes for health._
+
+_Man can relate himself to this power, and ally himself with it_; he can
+also separate himself from it in his thoughts.
+
+_Man is a form of this Living Substance, and has within him a Principle
+of Health._ This Principle of Health, when in full constructive
+activity, causes all the involuntary functions of man's body to be
+perfectly performed.
+
+_Man is a thinking substance, permeating a visible body, and the
+processes of his body are controlled by his thought._
+
+When man thinks only thoughts of perfect health, the internal processes
+of his body will be those of perfect health. Man's first step toward
+perfect health must be to form a conception of himself as perfectly
+healthy, and as doing all things in the way and manner of a perfectly
+healthy person. Having formed this conception, he must relate himself to
+it in all his thoughts, and sever all thought relations with disease and
+weakness.
+
+If he does this, and thinks his thoughts of health with positive FAITH,
+man will cause the Principle of Health within him to become
+constructively active, and to heal all his diseases. He can receive
+additional power from the universal Principle of Life by faith, and he
+can acquire faith by looking to this Principle of Life with reverent
+gratitude for the health it gives him. If man will consciously accept
+the health which is being continually given to him by the Living
+Substance, and if he will be duly grateful therefor, he will develop
+faith.
+
+Man cannot think only thoughts of perfect health unless he performs the
+voluntary functions of life in a perfectly healthy manner. These
+voluntary functions are eating, drinking, breathing, and sleeping. If
+man thinks only thoughts of health, has faith in health, and eats,
+drinks, breathes, and sleeps in a perfectly healthy way, he must have
+perfect health.
+
+Health is the result of thinking and acting in a Certain Way; and if a
+sick man begins to think and act in this Way, the Principle of Health
+within him will come into constructive activity and heal all his
+diseases. This Principle of Heath is the same in all, and is related to
+the Life Principle of the universe; it is able to heal every disease,
+and will come into activity whenever man thinks and acts in accordance
+with the Science of Being Well. Therefore, every man can attain to
+perfect health.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+ THE SCIENCE OF BEING WELL
+ AND
+ GETTING RICH RIGHT
+
+
+ Is further elucidated in THE NAUTILUS MAGAZINE, published
+ monthly for the express purpose of Making The Man And Woman Who
+ Can Do What They Will To Do. It abounds in practical ideas and
+ in the bright inspiration that impels you to _use_ the ideas.
+ Use it as first aid!
+
+ THE NAUTILUS teaches and inspires Health, Wealth, and Happiness
+ in all departments of life.
+
+ Wallace D. Wattles who wrote this book teaches Constructive
+ Science in every number of the magazine. How to think so as to
+ promote yourself in Health and Success is what you want to know.
+ He teaches it!
+
+ Elizabeth Towne and William E. Towne teach it, too. They are the
+ editors and owners of THE NAUTILUS, and their success is worth
+ knowing about and learning from.
+
+ There are many splendid contributors to THE NAUTILUS--Ella
+ Wheeler Wilcox, Edwin Markham, Thomas Drier, Adelaide Keen,
+ Grace MacGowan Cooke, and Florence Morse Kingsley among them.
+ Get in touch with Health and Success, and with Happy and
+ Successful people through THE NAUTILUS.
+
+ There is a Family Counsel Department where Elizabeth Towne
+ answers personal problems for those who ask. In the Success
+ Department everybody is invited to say his say, and prizes are
+ given for best letters.
+
+ Don't miss Wallace D. Wattles' great new serial story "As a
+ Grain of Mustard Seed" which begins in an early number of the
+ magazine.
+
+ Send $1.00 for a year's subscription to THE NAUTILUS, with a
+ copy of "Making The Man Who Can" and "Marital Unrest: a New
+ Remedy," both by Wallace D. Wattles. Or, send 10 cents for a
+ 3 months' trial, and a copy of "Marital Unrest."
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ Do you want more books on Health and Success? Read Wallace D.
+ Wattles' "Science of Getting Rich," and Bruce McClelland's
+ "Prosperity Through Thought Force," to which Ella Wheeler Wilcox
+ gave nearly a page of space in the New York Journal; and read
+ "Health and Wealth from Within," by William E. Towne and
+ "Practical Methods for Self-Development" by Elizabeth Towne.
+ Price of these books, $1.00 each, all 4 for $3.50. And don't
+ you want to read Wallace D. Wattles' "New Science of Living and
+ Healing," price 50 cents?
+
+ Address, ELIZABETH TOWNE,
+
+ DEPT. TH, HOLYOKE, MASS.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Science of Being Well, by
+Wallace Delois Wattles
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE SCIENCE OF BEING WELL ***
+
+***** This file should be named 33917-8.txt or 33917-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ http://www.gutenberg.org/3/3/9/1/33917/
+
+Produced by Norbert H. Langkau, Jana Srna and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
+book was produced from scanned images of public domain
+material from the Google Print project.)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/33917-8.zip b/33917-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..02ae489
--- /dev/null
+++ b/33917-8.zip
Binary files differ
diff --git a/33917-h.zip b/33917-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e116b23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/33917-h.zip
Binary files differ
diff --git a/33917-h/33917-h.htm b/33917-h/33917-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..74de4fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/33917-h/33917-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,4605 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+ <head>
+ <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" />
+ <title>
+ The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Science of Being Well, by Wallace D. Wattles.
+ </title>
+ <style type="text/css">
+
+ p { margin-top: .75em;
+ text-align: justify;
+ margin-bottom: .75em;
+ }
+ h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 {
+ text-align: center; /* all headings centered */
+ clear: both;
+ }
+ hr { width: 33%;
+ margin-top: 2em;
+ margin-bottom: 2em;
+ margin-left: auto;
+ margin-right: auto;
+ clear: both;
+ }
+
+ table {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
+
+ body{margin-left: 10%;
+ margin-right: 10%;
+ }
+
+ .pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */
+ /* visibility: hidden; */
+ position: absolute;
+ left: 92%;
+ font-size: smaller;
+ text-align: right;
+ } /* page numbers */
+
+ .author {text-align: right; margin-right: 2em;}
+ .regards {text-align: right; margin-right: 20em;}
+
+ .blockquot{margin-left: 5%; margin-right: 10%;}
+
+ .bbox {border: solid 2px;}
+
+ .center {text-align: center;}
+ .smcap {font-variant: small-caps;}
+
+ .caption {font-weight: bold;}
+
+ .figcenter {margin: auto; text-align: center;}
+
+ .footnote {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-size: 0.9em;}
+ .footnote .label {position: absolute; right: 84%; text-align: right;}
+ .fnanchor {vertical-align: super; font-size: .8em; text-decoration: none;}
+
+ </style>
+ </head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+Project Gutenberg's The Science of Being Well, by Wallace Delois Wattles
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Science of Being Well
+
+Author: Wallace Delois Wattles
+
+Release Date: October 18, 2010 [EBook #33917]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE SCIENCE OF BEING WELL ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Norbert H. Langkau, Jana Srna and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
+book was produced from scanned images of public domain
+material from the Google Print project.)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 490px;">
+<img src="images/front.jpg" width="490" height="780" alt="W D Wattles" title="W D Wattles" />
+</div>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h1>
+<small>THE</small><br />
+SCIENCE OF<br />
+BEING WELL<br />
+</h1>
+
+<h3>BY</h3>
+<h2>WALLACE D. WATTLES</h2>
+
+<h4>Author of "The Science of Getting Rich,"
+etc.</h4>
+
+<p class="center">PRICE, $1.00<br />
+<br />
+<small>PUBLISHED BY<br />
+ELIZABETH TOWNE<br />
+HOLYOKE, MASS.</small><br />
+1910</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h5>
+COPYRIGHT, SEPTEMBER, 1910<br />
+BY<br />
+WALLACE D. WATTLES</h5>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CONTENTS</h2>
+
+
+<div class='center'>
+<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary="Contents">
+<tr><td></td><td></td><td align='right'><small>PAGE</small></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'></td><td align='left'><a href="#PREFACE"><span class="smcap">Preface</span></a></td><td align='right'>5</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'><a href="#CHAPTER_I">I.</a></td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">The Principle of Health</span></td><td align='right'>9</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'><a href="#CHAPTER_II">II.</a></td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">The Foundation of Faith</span></td><td align='right'>17</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'><a href="#CHAPTER_III">III.</a></td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Life and Its Organisms</span></td><td align='right'>27</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'><a href="#CHAPTER_IV">IV.</a></td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">What to Think</span></td><td align='right'>35</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'><a href="#CHAPTER_V">V.</a></td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Faith</span></td><td align='right'>46</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'><a href="#CHAPTER_VI">VI.</a></td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Use of the Will</span></td><td align='right'>56</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'><a href="#CHAPTER_VII">VII.</a></td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Health from God</span></td><td align='right'>65</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'><a href="#CHAPTER_VIII">VIII.</a></td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Summary of the Mental Actions</span></td><td align='right'>74</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'><a href="#CHAPTER_IX">IX.</a></td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">When to Eat</span></td><td align='right'>80</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'><a href="#CHAPTER_X">X.</a></td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">What to Eat</span></td><td align='right'>89</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'><a href="#CHAPTER_XI">XI.</a></td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">How to Eat</span></td><td align='right'>99</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'><a href="#CHAPTER_XII">XII.</a></td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Hunger and Appetites</span></td><td align='right'>108</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'><a href="#CHAPTER_XIII">XIII.</a></td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">In a Nutshell</span></td><td align='right'>116</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'><a href="#CHAPTER_XIV">XIV.</a></td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Breathing</span></td><td align='right'>125</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'><a href="#CHAPTER_XV">XV.</a></td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Sleep</span></td><td align='right'>133</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'><a href="#CHAPTER_XVI">XVI.</a></td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Supplementary Instructions</span></td><td align='right'>139</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='right'><a href="#CHAPTER_XVII">XVII.</a></td><td align='left'><span class="smcap">A Summary of the Science of Being Well</span></td><td align='right'>151</td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'>[Pg 5]</span></p>
+<h2><a name="PREFACE" id="PREFACE"></a>PREFACE.</h2>
+
+
+<p>This volume is the second of a
+series, the first of which is
+"THE SCIENCE OF GETTING
+RICH." As that
+book is intended solely for
+those who want money, so this is for
+those who want health, and who want a
+practical guide and handbook, not a
+philosophical treatise. It is an instructor
+in the use of the universal Principle
+of Life, and my effort has been to
+explain the way in so plain and simple
+a fashion that the reader, though he
+may have given no previous study to
+New Thought or metaphysics, may readily
+follow it to perfect health. While
+retaining all essentials, I have carefully
+eliminated all non-essentials; I have
+used no technical, abstruse, or difficult
+language, and have kept the one point in
+view at all times.<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 6]</span></p>
+
+<p>As its title asserts, the book deals with
+science, not speculation. The monistic
+theory of the universe&mdash;the theory that
+matter, mind, consciousness, and life
+are all manifestations of one Substance&mdash;is
+now accepted by most thinkers;
+and if you accept this theory, you cannot
+deny the logical conclusions you will
+find herein. Best of all, the methods of
+thought and action prescribed have been
+tested by the author in his own case, and
+in the case of hundreds of others during
+twelve years of practice, with continuous
+and unfailing success. I can
+say of the Science of Being Well that it
+works; and that wherever its laws are
+complied with, it can no more fail to
+work than the science of geometry can
+fail to work. If the tissues of your
+body have not been so destroyed that
+continued life is impossible, you can get
+well; and if you will think and act in a
+Certain Way, you will get well.</p>
+
+<p>If the reader wishes to fully understand
+the monistic theory of the cosmos,<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 7]</span>
+he is recommended to read Hegel and
+Emerson; to read also "The Eternal
+News," a pamphlet by J. J. Brown, 300
+Cathcart Road, Govanhill, Glasgow,
+Scotland. Some enlightenment may also
+be found in a series of articles by the
+author, which were published in <i>The
+Nautilus</i>, Holyoke, Mass., during the
+year 1909, under the title, "What Is
+Truth?"</p>
+
+<p>Those who wish more detailed information
+as to the performance of the
+voluntary functions&mdash;eating, drinking,
+breathing, and sleeping&mdash;may read
+"New Science of Living and Healing,"
+"Letters to a Woman's Husband," and
+"The Constructive Use of Foods," booklets
+by W. D. Wattles, which may be
+obtained from the publishers of this
+book. I would also recommend the
+writings of Horace Fletcher, and of
+Edward Hooker Dewey. Read all these,
+if you like, as a sort of buttress to your
+faith; but let me warn you against making
+the mistake of studying many con<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 8]</span>flicting
+theories, and practicing, at the
+same time, parts of several different
+"systems"; for if you get well, it must
+be by giving your WHOLE MIND to
+the <i>right</i> way of thinking and living.
+Remember that the SCIENCE OF BEING
+WELL claims to be a complete and
+sufficient guide in every particular.
+Concentrate upon the way of thinking
+and acting it prescribes, and follow it in
+every detail, and you will get well; or
+if you are already well, you will remain
+so. Trusting that you will go on until
+the priceless blessing of perfect health
+is yours, I remain,</p>
+
+<p class="regards">Very truly yours,</p>
+
+<p class="author"><span class="smcap">Wallace D. Wattles</span>.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'>[Pg 9]</span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_I" id="CHAPTER_I"></a>CHAPTER I.</h2>
+
+<h2><span class="smcap">The Principle of Health.</span></h2>
+
+
+<p>In the personal application of
+the Science of Being Well,
+as in that of the Science of
+Getting Rich, certain fundamental
+truths must be
+known in the beginning, and accepted
+without question. Some of these truths
+we state here:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>The perfectly natural performance
+of function constitutes health; and the
+perfectly natural performance of function
+results from the natural action of
+the Principle of Life. There is a Principle
+of Life in the universe; it is the
+One Living Substance from which all
+things are made. This Living Substance
+permeates, penetrates, and fills
+the interspaces of the universe; it is in
+and through all things, like a very refined
+and diffusible ether. All life<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 10]</span>
+comes from it; its life is all the life
+there is.</p>
+
+<p>Man is a form of this Living Substance,
+and has within him a Principle
+of Health. (The word Principle is used
+as meaning source.) The Principle of
+Health in man, when in full constructive
+activity, causes all the voluntary functions
+of his life to be perfectly performed.</p>
+
+<p>It is the Principle of Health in man
+which really works all healing, no matter
+what "system" or "remedy" is employed;
+and this Principle of Health is
+brought into Constructive Activity by
+thinking in a Certain Way.</p>
+
+<p>I proceed now to prove this last statement.
+We all know that cures are
+wrought by all the different, and often
+opposite, methods employed in the various
+branches of the healing art. The
+allopath, who gives a strong dose of a
+counter-poison, cures his patient; and
+the homeopath, who gives a diminutive
+dose of the poison most similar to that<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 11]</span>
+of the disease, also cures it. If allopathy
+ever cured any given disease, it is
+certain that homeopathy never cured
+that disease; and if homeopathy ever
+cured an ailment, allopathy could not
+possibly cure that ailment. The two
+systems are radically opposite in theory
+and practice; and yet both "cure" most
+diseases. And even the remedies used
+by physicians in any one school are not
+the same. Go with a case of indigestion
+to half a dozen doctors, and compare
+their prescriptions; it is more than
+likely that none of the ingredients of
+any one of them will be in the others.
+Must we not conclude that their patients
+are healed by a Principle of Health
+within themselves, and not by something
+in the varying "remedies"?</p>
+
+<p>Not only this, but we find the same
+ailments cured by the osteopath with
+manipulations of the spine; by the faith
+healer with prayer, by the food scientist
+with bills of fare, by the Christian
+Scientist with a formulated creed state<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 12]</span>ment,
+by the mental scientist with
+affirmation, and by the hygienists with
+differing plans of living. What conclusion
+can we come to in the face of all
+these facts but that there is a Principle
+of Health which is the same in all people,
+and which really accomplishes all the
+cures; and that there is something in all
+the "systems" which, under favorable
+conditions, arouses the Principle of
+Health to action? That is, medicines,
+manipulations, prayers, bills of fare,
+affirmations, and hygienic practices
+cure whenever they cause the Principle
+of Health to become active; and fail
+whenever they do not cause it to become
+active. Does not all this indicate that
+the results depend upon the way the
+patient thinks about the remedy, rather
+than upon the ingredients in the prescription?</p>
+
+<p>There is an old story which furnishes
+so good an illustration on this point that
+I will give it here. It is said that in
+the middle ages, the bones of a saint,<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 13]</span>
+kept in one of the monasteries, were
+working miracles of healing; on certain
+days a great crowd of the afflicted gathered
+to touch the relics, and all who did
+so were healed. On the eve of one of
+these occasions, some sacrilegious rascal
+gained access to the case in which the
+wonder-working relics were kept and
+stole the bones; and in the morning,
+with the usual crowd of sufferers waiting
+at the gates, the fathers found themselves
+shorn of the source of the miracle-working
+power. They resolved to keep
+the matter quiet, hoping that by doing
+so they might find the thief and recover
+their treasures; and hastening to the
+cellar of the convent they dug up the
+bones of a murderer, who had been
+buried there many years before. These
+they placed in the case, intending to
+make some plausible excuse for the failure
+of the saint to perform his usual
+miracles on that day; and then they let
+in the waiting assemblage of the sick
+and infirm. To the intense astonish<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 14]</span>ment
+of those in the secret, the bones of
+the malefactor proved as efficacious as
+those of the saint; and the healing went
+on as before. One of the fathers is said
+to have left a history of the occurrence,
+in which he confessed that, in his judgment,
+the healing power had been in the
+people themselves all the time, and never
+in the bones at all.</p>
+
+<p>Whether the story is true or not, the
+conclusion applies to all the cures
+wrought by all the systems. The Power
+that Heals is in the patient himself; and
+whether it shall become active or not
+does not depend upon the physical or
+mental means used, but upon the way
+the patient thinks about these means.
+There is a Universal Principle of Life,
+as Jesus taught; a great spiritual Healing
+Power; and there is a Principle of
+Health in man which is related to this
+Healing Power. This is dormant or
+active, according to the way a man
+thinks. He can always quicken it into
+activity by thinking in a Certain Way.<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 15]</span></p>
+
+<p>Your getting well does not depend
+upon the adoption of some system, or the
+finding of some remedy; people with
+your identical ailments have been healed
+by all systems and all remedies. It
+does not depend upon climate; some
+people are well and others are sick in all
+climates. It does not depend upon avocation,
+unless in case of those who work
+under poisonous conditions; people are
+well in all trades and professions. Your
+getting well depends upon your beginning
+to think&mdash;and act&mdash;in a Certain
+Way.</p>
+
+<p>The way a man thinks about things
+is determined by what he believes about
+them. His thoughts are determined by
+his faith, and the results depend upon
+his making a personal application of his
+faith. If a man has faith in the efficacy
+of a medicine, and is able to apply
+that faith to himself, that medicine will
+certainly cause him to be cured; but
+though his faith be great, he will not be
+cured unless he applies it to himself.<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 16]</span>
+Many sick people have faith for others
+but none for themselves. So, if he has
+faith in a system of diet, and can personally
+apply that faith, it will cure
+him; and if he has faith in prayers and
+affirmations and personally applies his
+faith, prayers and affirmations will cure
+him. Faith, personally applied, cures;
+and no matter how great the faith or
+how persistent the thought, it will not
+cure without personal application. The
+Science of Being Well, then, includes
+the two fields of thought and action. To
+be well it is not enough that man should
+merely think in a Certain Way; he must
+apply his thought to himself, and he
+must express and externalize it in his
+outward life by acting in the same way
+that he thinks.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'>[Pg 17]</span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_II" id="CHAPTER_II"></a>CHAPTER II.</h2>
+
+<h2><span class="smcap">The Foundations of Faith.</span></h2>
+
+
+<p>Before man can think in the
+Certain Way which will
+cause his diseases to be
+healed, he must believe in
+certain truths which are
+here stated:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>All things are made from one Living
+Substance, which, in its original state,
+permeates, penetrates, and fills the interspaces
+of the universe. While all
+visible things are made from It, yet this
+Substance, in its first formless condition
+is in and through all the visible forms
+that It has made. Its life is in All, and
+its intelligence is in All.</p>
+
+<p>This Substance creates by thought,
+and its method is by taking the form
+of that which it thinks about. The
+thought of a form held by this substance
+causes it to assume that form; the<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 18]</span>
+thought of a motion causes it to institute
+that motion. Forms are created by
+this substance in moving itself into certain
+attitudes or positions. When Original
+Substance wishes to create a given
+form, it thinks of the motions which
+will produce that form. When it wishes
+to create a world, it thinks of the motions,
+perhaps extending through ages,
+which will result in its coming into the
+attitude and form of the world; and
+these motions are made. When it wishes
+to create an oak tree, it thinks of the
+sequences of movement, perhaps extending
+through ages, which will result in
+the form of an oak tree; and these
+motions are made. The particular
+sequences of motion by which differing
+forms should be produced were established
+in the beginning; they are changeless.
+Certain motions instituted in the
+Formless Substance will forever produce
+certain forms.</p>
+
+<p>Man's body is formed from the Original
+Substance, and is the result of cer<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 19]</span>tain
+motions, which first existed as
+thoughts of Original Substance. The
+motions which produce, renew, and repair
+the body of man are called functions,
+and these functions are of two
+classes: voluntary and involuntary.
+The involuntary functions are under
+the control of the Principle of Health
+in man, and are performed in a perfectly
+healthy manner so long as man thinks
+in a certain way. The voluntary functions
+of life are eating, drinking, breathing,
+and sleeping. These, entirely or in
+part, are under the direction of man's
+conscious mind; and he can perform
+them in a perfectly healthy way if he
+will. If he does not perform them in
+a healthy way, he cannot long be well.
+So we see that if man thinks in a certain
+way, and eats, drinks, breathes, and
+sleeps in a corresponding way, he will
+be well.</p>
+
+<p>The involuntary functions of man's life
+are under the direct control of the Principle
+of Health, and so long as man<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 20]</span>
+thinks in a perfectly healthy way, these
+functions are perfectly performed; for
+the action of the Principle of Health is
+largely directed by man's conscious
+thought, affecting his sub-conscious
+mind.</p>
+
+<p>Man is a thinking center, capable of
+originating thought; and as he does not
+know everything, he makes mistakes
+and thinks error. Not knowing everything,
+he believes things to be true which
+are not true. Man holds in his thought
+the idea of diseased and abnormal functioning
+and conditions, and so perverts
+the action of the Principle of Health,
+causing diseased and abnormal functioning
+and conditions within his own
+body. In the Original Substance there
+are held only the thoughts of perfect
+motion; perfect and healthy function;
+complete life. God never thinks disease
+or imperfection. But for countless ages
+men have held thoughts of disease, abnormality,
+old age, and death; and the
+perverted functioning resulting from<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 21]</span>
+these thoughts has become a part of the
+inheritance of the race. Our ancestors
+have, for many generations, held imperfect
+ideas concerning human form and
+functioning; and we begin life with
+racial sub-conscious impressions of imperfection
+and disease.</p>
+
+<p>This is not natural, or a part of the
+plan of nature. The purpose of nature
+can be nothing else than the perfection
+of life. This we see from the very
+nature of life itself. It is the nature
+of life to continually advance toward
+more perfect living; advancement is
+the inevitable result of the very act
+of living. Increase is always the result
+of active living; whatever lives
+must live more and more. The seed,
+lying in the granary, has life, but
+it is not living. Put it into the soil and
+it becomes active, and at once begins to
+gather to itself from the surrounding
+substance, and to build a plant form.
+It will so cause increase that a seed head
+will be produced containing thirty,<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 22]</span>
+sixty, or a hundred seeds, each having
+as much life as the first.</p>
+
+<p>Life, by living, increases.</p>
+
+<p>Life cannot live without increasing,
+and the fundamental impulse of life is
+to live. It is in response to this fundamental
+impulse that Original Substance
+works, and creates. God must live; and
+he cannot live except as he creates and
+increases. In multiplying forms, He
+is moving on to live more.</p>
+
+<p>The universe is a Great Advancing
+Life, and the purpose of nature is the
+advancement of life toward perfection;
+toward perfect functioning. The purpose
+of nature is perfect health.</p>
+
+<p>The purpose of Nature, so far as man
+is concerned, is that he should be continuously
+advancing into more life, and
+progressing toward perfect life; and
+that he should live the most complete
+life possible in his present sphere of
+action.</p>
+
+<p>This must be so, because That which
+lives in man is seeking more life.<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 23]</span></p>
+
+<p>Give a little child a pencil and paper,
+and he begins to draw crude figures;
+That which lives in him is trying to
+express Itself in art. Give him a set of
+blocks, and he will try to build something;
+That which lives in him is seeking
+expression in architecture. Seat him
+at a piano, and he will try to draw harmony
+from the keys; That which lives in
+him is trying to express Itself in music.
+That which lives in man is always seeking
+to live more; and since man lives
+most when he is well, the Principle of
+Nature in him can seek only health.
+The natural state of man is a state of
+perfect health; and everything in him,
+and in nature, tends toward health.</p>
+
+<p>Sickness can have no place in the
+thought of Original Substance, for it is
+by its own nature continually impelled
+toward the fullest and most perfect life;
+therefore, toward health. Man, as he
+exists in the thought of the Formless
+Substance, has perfect health. Disease,
+which is abnormal or perverted func<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 24]</span>tion&mdash;motion
+imperfectly made, or made
+in the direction of imperfect life&mdash;has
+no place in the thought of the Thinking
+Stuff.</p>
+
+<p>The Supreme Mind never thinks of
+disease. Disease was not created or
+ordained by God, or sent forth from
+him. It is wholly a product of separate
+consciousness; of the individual thought
+of man. God, the Formless Substance,
+does not see disease, think disease, know
+disease, or recognize disease. Disease
+is recognized only by the thought of
+man; God thinks nothing but health.</p>
+
+<p>From all the foregoing, we see that
+health is <i>a fact</i> or TRUTH in the original
+substance from which we are all
+formed; and that disease is imperfect
+functioning, resulting from the imperfect
+thoughts of men, past and present.
+If man's thoughts of himself had always
+been those of perfect health, man could
+not possibly now be otherwise than perfectly
+healthy.</p>
+
+<p>Man in perfect health is the thought<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 25]</span>
+of Original Substance, and man in imperfect
+health is the result of his own
+failure to think perfect health, and to
+perform the voluntary functions of life
+in a healthy way. We will here arrange
+in a syllabus the basic truths of the
+Science of Being Well:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p><i>There is a Thinking Substance from
+which all things are made, and which, in
+its original state, permeates, penetrates,
+and fills the interspaces of the universe.
+It is the life of All.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>The thought of a form in this Substance
+causes the form; the thought of
+a motion produces the motion. In relation
+to man, the thoughts of this Substance
+are always of perfect functioning
+and perfect health.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>Man is a thinking center, capable of
+original thought; and his thought has
+power over his own functioning. By
+thinking imperfect thoughts he has
+caused imperfect and perverted functioning;
+and by performing the voluntary
+functions of life in a perverted
+manner, he has assisted in causing
+disease.</i></p></div><p><span class='pagenum'>[Pg 26]</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p><i>If man will think only thoughts of
+perfect health, he can cause within himself
+the functioning of perfect health;
+all the Power of Life will be exerted to
+assist him. But this healthy functioning
+will not continue unless man performs
+the external, or voluntary, functions
+of living in a healthy manner.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>Man's first step must be to learn how
+to think perfect health; and his second
+step to learn how to eat, drink, breathe,
+and sleep in a perfectly healthy way.
+If man takes these two steps, he will
+certainly become well, and remain so.</i></p></div>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'>[Pg 27]</span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_III" id="CHAPTER_III"></a>CHAPTER III.</h2>
+
+<h2><span class="smcap">Life and Its Organisms.</span></h2>
+
+
+<p>The human body is the abiding
+place of an energy which
+renews it when worn; which
+eliminates waste or poisonous
+matter, and which repairs
+the body when broken or injured.
+This energy we call life. Life is not
+generated or produced within the body;
+<i>it produces the body</i>.</p>
+
+<p>The seed which has been kept in the
+storehouse for years will grow when
+planted in the soil; it will produce a
+plant. But the life in the plant is not
+generated by its growing; it is the life
+which makes the plant grow.</p>
+
+<p>The performance of function does not
+cause life; it is life which causes function
+to be performed. Life is first; function
+afterward.</p>
+
+<p>It is life which distinguishes organic<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 28]</span>
+from inorganic matter, but it is not produced
+after the organization of matter.</p>
+
+<p>Life is the principle or force which
+causes organization; it builds organisms.</p>
+
+<p>It is a principle or force inherent in
+Original Substance; all life is One.</p>
+
+<p>This Life Principle of the All is the
+Principle of Health in man, and becomes
+constructively active whenever man
+thinks in a certain way. Whoever,
+therefore, thinks in this Certain Way
+will surely have perfect health if his
+external functioning is in conformity
+with his thought. But the external
+functioning must conform to the
+thought; man cannot hope to be well by
+thinking health, if he eats, drinks,
+breathes, and sleeps like a sick man.</p>
+
+<p>The universal Life Principle, then, is
+the Principle of Health in man. It is
+one with original substance. There is
+one Original Substance from which all
+things are made; this substance is alive,
+and its life is the Principle of Life of<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 29]</span>
+the universe. This Substance has created
+from itself all the forms of organic
+life by thinking them, or by thinking the
+motions and functions which produce
+them.</p>
+
+<p>Original Substance thinks only health,
+because It knows all truth; there is no
+truth which is not known in the Formless,
+which is All, and in all. It not only
+knows all truth, but it has all power; its
+vital power is the source of all the energy
+there is. A conscious life which
+knows all truth and which has all power
+cannot go wrong or perform function
+imperfectly; knowing all, it knows,
+too much to go wrong, and so the
+Formless cannot be diseased or think
+disease.</p>
+
+<p>Man is a form of this original substance,
+and has a separate consciousness
+of his own; but his consciousness is
+limited, and therefore imperfect. By
+reason of his limited knowledge man can
+and does think wrongly, and so he
+causes perverted and imperfect func<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 30]</span>tioning
+in his own body. Man has not
+known too much to go wrong. The diseased
+or imperfect functioning may not
+instantly result from an imperfect
+thought, but it is bound to come if the
+thought becomes habitual. Any thought
+continuously held by man tends to the
+establishment of the corresponding condition
+in his body.</p>
+
+<p>Also, man has failed to learn how to
+perform the voluntary functions of his
+life in a healthy way. He does not know
+when, what, and how to eat; he knows
+little about breathing, and less about
+sleep. He does all these things in a
+wrong way, and under wrong conditions;
+and this because he has neglected
+to follow the only sure guide to the
+knowledge of life. He has tried to live
+by logic rather than by instinct; he has
+made living a matter of art, and not of
+nature. And he has gone wrong.</p>
+
+<p>His only remedy is to begin to go
+right; and this he can surely do. It is
+the work of this book to teach the whole<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 31]</span>
+truth, so that the man who reads it shall
+know too much to go wrong.</p>
+
+<p>The thoughts of disease produce the
+forms of disease. Man must learn to
+think health; and being Original Substance
+which takes the form of its
+thoughts, he will become the form of
+health and manifest perfect health in all
+his functioning. The people who were
+healed by touching the bones of the saint
+were really healed by thinking in a certain
+way, and not by any power emanating
+from the relics. There is no
+healing power in the bones of dead
+men, whether they be those of saint or
+sinner.</p>
+
+<p>The people who were healed by the
+doses of either the allopath or the homeopath
+were also really healed by thinking
+in a certain way; there is no drug which
+has within itself the power to heal disease.</p>
+
+<p>The people who have been healed by
+prayers and affirmations were also
+healed by thinking in a certain way;<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 32]</span>
+there is no curative power in strings of
+words.</p>
+
+<p>All the sick who have been healed, by
+whatsoever "system," have thought in
+a certain way; and a little examination
+will show us what this way is.</p>
+
+<p><i>The two essentials of the Way are
+Faith, and a Personal Application of
+the Faith.</i></p>
+
+<p>The people who touched the saint's
+bones had faith; and so great was their
+faith that in the instant they touched
+the relics they SEVERED ALL MENTAL
+RELATIONS WITH DISEASE,
+AND MENTALLY UNIFIED THEMSELVES
+WITH HEALTH.</p>
+
+<p>This change of mind was accompanied
+by an intense devotional FEELING
+which penetrated to the deepest recesses
+of their souls, and so aroused the Principle
+of Health to powerful action. By
+faith they claimed that they were healed,
+or appropriated health to themselves;
+and in full faith they ceased to think of
+themselves in connection with disease<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 33]</span>
+and thought of themselves only in connection
+with health.</p>
+
+<p>These are the two essentials to thinking
+in the Certain Way which will make
+you well: first, claim or appropriate
+health by faith; and, second, sever all
+mental relations with disease, and enter
+into mental relations with health. That
+which we make ourselves, mentally, we
+become physically; and that with which
+we unite ourselves mentally we become
+unified with physically. If your
+thought always relates you to disease,
+then your thought becomes a fixed power
+to cause disease within you; and if your
+thought always relates you to health,
+then your thought becomes a fixed power
+exerted to keep you well.</p>
+
+<p>In the case of the people who are
+healed by medicines, the result is obtained
+in the same way. They have,
+consciously or unconsciously, sufficient
+faith in the means used to cause them to
+sever mental relations with disease and
+enter into mental relations with health.<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 34]</span>
+Faith may be unconscious. It is possible
+for us to have a sub-conscious or
+inbred faith in things like medicine, in
+which we do not believe to any extent
+objectively; and this sub-conscious faith
+may be quite sufficient to quicken the
+Principle of Health into constructive
+activity. Many who have little conscious
+faith are healed in this way;
+while many others who have great faith
+in the means are not healed because they
+do not make the personal application to
+themselves; their faith is general, but
+not specific for their own cases.</p>
+
+<p>In the Science of Being Well we have
+two main points to consider: first, how
+to think with faith; and, second, how to
+so apply the thought to ourselves as to
+quicken the Principle of Health into
+constructive activity. We begin by
+learning What to Think.</p>
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'>[Pg 35]</span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_IV" id="CHAPTER_IV"></a>CHAPTER IV.</h2>
+
+<h2><span class="smcap">What to Think.</span></h2>
+
+
+<p>In order to sever all mental
+relations with disease, you
+must enter into mental relations
+with health, making
+the process positive not negative;
+one of assumption, not of rejection.
+You are to receive or appropriate
+health rather than to reject and deny
+disease. Denying disease accomplishes
+next to nothing; it does little good to
+cast out the devil and leave the house
+vacant, for he will presently return with
+others worse than himself. When you
+enter into full and constant mental relations
+with health, you must of necessity
+cease all relationship with disease. The
+first step in the Science of Being Well is,
+then, to enter into complete thought connection
+with health.</p>
+
+<p>The best way to do this is to form a<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 36]</span>
+mental image or picture of yourself as
+being well, imagining a perfectly strong
+and healthy body; and to spend sufficient
+time in contemplating this image
+to make it your habitual thought of
+yourself.</p>
+
+<p>This is not so easy as it sounds; it
+necessitates the taking of considerable
+time for meditation, and not all persons
+have the imaging faculty well enough
+developed to form a distinct mental picture
+of themselves in a perfect or idealized
+body. It is much easier, as in "The
+Science of Getting Rich," to form a mental
+image of the things one wants to
+have; for we have seen these things, or
+their counterparts, and know how they
+look; we can picture them very easily
+from memory. But we have never seen
+ourselves in a perfect body, and a <i>clear</i>
+mental image is hard to form.</p>
+
+<p>It is not necessary or essential, however,
+to have a clear mental image of
+yourself as you wish to be; it is only
+essential to form a CONCEPTION of<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 37]</span>
+perfect health, and to relate yourself to
+it. This Conception of Health is not a
+mental picture of a particular thing; it
+is an understanding of health, and carries
+with it the idea of perfect functioning
+in every part and organ.</p>
+
+<p>You may TRY to picture yourself as
+perfect in physique; that helps; and you
+MUST <i>think of yourself as doing everything
+in the manner of a perfectly strong
+and healthy person</i>. You can picture
+yourself as walking down the street
+with an erect body and a vigorous
+stride; you can picture yourself as doing
+your day's work easily and with surplus
+vigor, never tired or weak; you can picture
+in your mind how all things would
+be done by a person full of health and
+power, and you can make yourself the
+central figure in the picture, doing
+things in just that way. Never think
+of the ways in which weak or sickly people
+do things; always think of the way
+strong people do things. Spend your
+leisure time in thinking about the<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 38]</span>
+Strong Way, until you have a good conception
+of it; and always think of yourself
+in connection with the Strong Way
+of Doing Things. That is what I mean
+by having a Conception of Health.</p>
+
+<p>In order to establish perfect functioning
+in every part, man does not have to
+study anatomy or physiology, so that he
+can form a mental image of each separate
+organ and address himself to it. He
+does not have to "treat" his liver, his
+kidneys, his stomach, or his heart.
+There is one Principle of Health in man,
+which has control over all the involuntary
+functions of his life; and the
+thought of perfect health, impressed
+upon this Principle, will reach each part
+and organ. Man's liver is not controlled
+by a liver-principle, his stomach by a
+digestive principle, and so on; the Principle
+of Health is One.</p>
+
+<p>The less you go into the detailed study
+of physiology, the better for you. Our
+knowledge of this science is very imperfect,
+and leads to imperfect thought.<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 39]</span>
+Imperfect thought causes imperfect
+functioning, which is disease. Let me
+illustrate: Until quite recently, physiology
+fixed ten days as the extreme limit
+of man's endurance without food; it was
+considered that only in exceptional cases
+could he survive a longer fast. So the
+impression became universally disseminated
+that one who was deprived of food
+must die in from five to ten days; and
+numbers of people, when cut off from
+food by shipwreck, accident, or famine,
+did die within this period. But the
+performances of Dr. Tanner, the forty-day
+faster, and the writings of Dr.
+Dewey and others on the fasting cure,
+together with the experiments of numberless
+people who have fasted from
+forty to sixty days, have shown that
+man's ability to live without food is
+vastly greater than had been supposed.
+Any person, properly educated, can fast
+from twenty to forty days with little loss
+in weight, and often with no apparent
+loss of strength at all. The people who<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 40]</span>
+starved to death in ten days or less did
+so because they believed that death was
+inevitable; an erroneous physiology had
+given them a wrong thought about
+themselves. When a man is deprived of
+food he will die in from ten to fifty days,
+according to the way he has been taught;
+or, in other words, according to the way
+he thinks about it. So you see that an
+erroneous physiology can work very
+mischievous results.</p>
+
+<p>No Science of Being Well can be
+founded on current physiology; it is not
+sufficiently exact in its knowledge. With
+all its pretensions, comparatively little
+is really known as to the interior workings
+and processes of the body. It is
+not known just how food is digested; it
+is not known just what part food plays,
+if any, in the generation of force. It is
+not known exactly what the liver, spleen,
+and pancreas are for, or what part their
+secretions play in the chemistry of
+assimilation. On all these and most
+other points we theorize, but we do not<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 41]</span>
+really know. When man begins to study
+physiology, he enters the domain of
+theory and disputation; he comes among
+conflicting opinions, and he is bound to
+form mistaken ideas concerning himself.
+These mistaken ideas lead to the
+thinking of wrong thoughts, and this
+leads to perverted functioning and disease.
+All that the most perfect knowledge
+of physiology could do for man
+would be to enable him to think only
+thoughts of perfect health, and to eat,
+drink, breathe, and sleep in a perfectly
+healthy way; and this, as we shall show,
+he can do without studying physiology
+at all.</p>
+
+<p>This, for the most part, is true of all
+hygiene. There are certain fundamental
+propositions which we should
+know; and these will be explained in
+later chapters, but aside from these
+propositions, ignore physiology and
+hygiene. They tend to fill your mind
+with thoughts of imperfect conditions,
+and these thoughts will produce the im<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 42]</span>perfect
+conditions in your own body.
+You cannot study any "science" which
+recognizes disease, if you are to think
+nothing but health.</p>
+
+<p><i>Drop all investigation as to your present
+condition, its causes, or possible results,
+and set yourself to the work of
+forming a conception of health.</i></p>
+
+<p>Think about health and the possibilities
+of health; of the work that may be
+done and the pleasures that may be
+enjoyed in a condition of perfect health.
+Then make this conception your guide in
+thinking of yourself; refuse to entertain
+for an instant any thought of yourself
+which is not in harmony with it.
+When any idea of disease or imperfect
+functioning enters your mind, cast it
+out instantly by calling up a thought
+which is in harmony with the Conception
+of Health.</p>
+
+<p>Think of yourself at all times as realizing
+conception; as being a strong and
+perfectly healthy personage; and do not
+harbor a contrary thought.<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 43]</span></p>
+
+<p>KNOW that as you think of yourself
+in unity with this conception, the Original
+Substance which permeates and fills
+the tissues of your body is taking form
+according to the thought; and know that
+this Intelligent Substance or mind stuff
+will cause function to be performed in
+such a way that your body will be rebuilt
+with perfectly healthy cells.</p>
+
+<p>The Intelligent Substance, from
+which all things are made, permeates
+and penetrates all things; and so it is
+in and through your body. It moves
+according to its thoughts; and so if you
+hold only the thoughts of perfectly
+healthy function, it will cause the movements
+of perfectly healthy function
+within you.</p>
+
+<p>Hold with persistence to the thought
+of perfect health in relation to yourself;
+do not permit yourself to think in any
+other way. Hold this thought with perfect
+faith that it is the fact, the truth.
+It is the truth so far as your mental
+body is concerned. You have a mind-<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 44]</span>body
+and a physical body; the mind-body
+takes form just as you think of yourself,
+and any thought which you hold continuously
+is made visible by the transformation
+of the physical body into its
+image. Implanting the thought of perfect
+functioning in the mind-body will,
+in due time, cause perfect functioning
+in the physical body.</p>
+
+<p>The transformation of the physical
+body into the image of the ideal held by
+the mind-body is not accomplished instantaneously;
+we cannot transfigure
+our physical bodies at will as Jesus did.
+In the creation and recreation of forms,
+Substance moves along the fixed lines of
+growth it has established; and the impression
+upon it of the health thought
+causes the healthy body to be built cell
+by cell. Holding only thoughts of perfect
+health will ultimately cause perfect
+functioning; and perfect functioning
+will in due time produce a perfectly
+healthy body. It may be as well to condense
+this chapter into a syllabus:&mdash;<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 45]</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p><i>Your physical body is permeated and
+fitted with an Intelligent Substance,
+which forms a body of mind-stuff. This
+mind-stuff controls the functioning of
+your physical body. A thought of disease
+or of imperfect function, impressed
+upon the mind-stuff, causes disease or
+imperfect functioning in the physical
+body. If you are diseased, it is because
+wrong thoughts have made impressions
+on this mind-stuff; these may have been
+either your own thoughts or those of
+your parents; we begin life with many
+sub-conscious impressions, both right
+and wrong. But the natural tendency
+of all mind is toward health, and if no
+thoughts are held in the conscious mind
+save those of health, all internal functioning
+will come to be performed in a
+perfectly healthy manner.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>The Power of Nature within you is
+sufficient to overcome all hereditary impressions,
+and if you will learn to control
+your thoughts, so that you shall
+think only those of health, and if you
+will perform the voluntary functions of
+life in a perfectly healthy way, you can
+certainly be well.</i></p></div>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'>[Pg 46]</span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_V" id="CHAPTER_V"></a>CHAPTER V.</h2>
+
+<h2><span class="smcap">Faith.</span></h2>
+
+
+<p>The Principle of Health is
+moved by Faith; nothing
+else can call it into action,
+and only faith can enable
+you to relate yourself to
+health, and sever your relation with disease,
+in your thoughts.</p>
+
+<p>You will continue to think of disease
+unless you have faith in health. If you
+do not have faith you will doubt; if you
+doubt, you will fear; and if you fear,
+you will relate yourself in mind to that
+which you fear.</p>
+
+<p>If you fear disease, you will think of
+yourself in connection with disease;
+and that will produce within yourself
+the form and motions of disease. Just
+as Original Substance creates from
+itself the forms of its thoughts, so your
+mind-body, which is original substance,<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 47]</span>
+takes the form and motion of whatever
+you think about. If you fear disease,
+dread disease, have doubts about your
+safety from disease, or if you even contemplate
+disease, you will connect yourself
+with it and create its forms and
+motions within you.</p>
+
+<p>Let me enlarge somewhat upon this
+point. The potency, or creative power,
+of a thought is given to it <i>by the faith
+that is in it</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Thoughts which contain no faith
+create no forms.</p>
+
+<p>The Formless Substance, which
+knows all truth and therefore thinks
+only truth, has perfect faith in every
+thought, because it thinks only truth;
+and so all its thoughts create.</p>
+
+<p>But if you will imagine a thought in
+Formless Substance in which there was
+no faith, you will see that such a thought
+could not cause the Substance to move
+or take form.</p>
+
+<p>Keep in mind the fact that only those
+thoughts which are conceived in faith<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 48]</span>
+have creative energy. Only those
+thoughts which have faith with them
+are able to change function, or to
+quicken the Principle of Health into
+activity.</p>
+
+<p>If you do not have faith in health, you
+will certainly have faith in disease. If
+you do not have faith in health, it
+will do you no good to think about
+health, for your thoughts will have no
+potency, and will cause no change for
+the better in your conditions. If you
+do not have faith in health, I repeat, you
+will have faith in disease; and if, under
+such conditions, you think about health
+for ten hours a day, and think about disease
+for only a few minutes, the disease
+thought will control your condition because
+it will have the potency of faith,
+while the health thought will not. Your
+mind-body will take on the form and
+motions of disease and retain them, because
+your health thought will not have
+sufficient dynamic force to change form
+or motion.<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 49]</span></p>
+
+<p>In order to practice the Science of
+Being Well, you must have complete
+faith in health.</p>
+
+<p>Faith begins in belief; and we now
+come to the question: <i>What must you
+believe in order to have faith in health?</i></p>
+
+<p>You must believe that there is more
+health-power than disease-power in both
+yourself and your environment; and
+you cannot help believing this if you consider
+the facts. These are the facts:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p><i>There is a Thinking Substance from
+which all things are made, and which,
+in its original state, permeates, penetrates,
+and fills the interspaces of the
+universe.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>The thought of a form, in this Substance,
+produces the form; the thought
+of a motion institutes the motion. In
+relation to man, the thoughts of Original
+Substance are always of perfect
+health and perfect functioning. This
+Substance, within and without man,
+always exerts its power toward health.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>Man is a thinking center, capable of
+original thought. He has a mind-body</i>
+<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 50]</span><i>of Original Substance permeating a
+physical body; and the functioning of
+his physical body is determined by the
+FAITH of his mind-body. If man
+thinks with faith of the functioning of
+health, he will cause his internal functions
+to be performed in a healthy manner,
+provided that he performs the
+external functions in a corresponding
+manner. But if man thinks, with faith,
+of disease, or of the power of disease, he
+will cause his internal functioning to be
+the functioning of disease.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>The Original Intelligent Substance is
+in man, moving toward health; and it
+is pressing upon him from every side.
+Man lives, moves, and has his being in
+a limitless ocean of health-power; and
+he uses this power according to his
+faith. If he appropriates it and applies
+it to himself it is all his; and if he unifies
+himself with it by unquestioning faith,
+he cannot fail to attain health, for the
+power of this Substance is all the power
+there is.</i></p></div>
+
+<p>A belief in the above statements is a
+foundation for faith in health. If you
+believe them, you believe that health is<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 51]</span>
+the natural state of man, and that man
+lives in the midst of Universal Health;
+that all the power of nature makes for
+health, and that health is possible to all,
+and can surely be attained by all. You
+will believe that the power of health in
+the universe is ten thousand times
+greater than that of disease; in fact, that
+disease has no power whatever, being
+only the result of perverted thought and
+faith. And if you believe that health
+is possible to you, and that it may surely
+be attained by you, and that you know
+exactly what to do in order to attain it,
+you will have faith in health. You will
+have this faith and knowledge if you
+read this book through with care and
+determine to believe in and practice its
+teachings.</p>
+
+<p>It is not merely the possession of
+faith, but the personal application of
+faith which works healing. You must
+claim health in the beginning, and form
+a conception of health, and, as far as
+may be, of yourself as a perfectly<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 52]</span>
+healthy person; and then, by faith, you
+must claim that you ARE REALIZING
+this conception.</p>
+
+<p>Do not assert with faith that you are
+going to get well; assert with faith that
+you ARE well.</p>
+
+<p>Having faith in health, and applying
+it to yourself, means having faith that
+you are healthy; <i>and the first step in
+this is to claim that it is the truth</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Mentally take the attitude of being
+well, and do not say anything or do anything
+which contradicts this attitude.
+Never speak a word or assume a physical
+attitude which does not harmonize
+with the claim: "I am perfectly well."
+When you walk, go with a brisk step,
+and with your chest thrown out and
+your head held up; watch that at all
+times your physical actions and attitudes
+are those of a healthy person.
+When you find that you have relapsed
+into the attitude of weakness or disease,
+change instantly; straighten up; think
+of health and power. Refuse to consider<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 53]</span>
+yourself as other than a perfectly
+healthy person.</p>
+
+<p>One great aid&mdash;perhaps the greatest
+aid&mdash;in applying your faith you will
+find in the exercise of gratitude.</p>
+
+<p>Whenever you think of yourself, or of
+your advancing condition, give thanks
+to the Great Intelligent Substance for
+the perfect health you are enjoying.</p>
+
+<p>Remember that, as Swedenborg
+taught, there is a continual inflow of
+life from the Supreme, which is received
+by all created things according to their
+forms; and by man according to his
+faith. Health from God is continually
+being urged upon you; and when you
+think of this, lift up your mind reverently
+to Him, and give thanks that you
+have been led to the Truth and into perfect
+health of mind and body. Be, all
+the time, in a grateful frame of mind,
+and let gratitude be evident in your
+speech.</p>
+
+<p>Gratitude will help you to own and
+control your own field of thought.<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 54]</span></p>
+
+<p>Whenever the thought of disease is
+presented to you, instantly claim health,
+and thank God for the perfect health
+you have. Do this so that there shall be
+no room in your mind for a thought
+of ill. Every thought connected in any
+way with ill health is unwelcome, and
+you can close the door of your mind in its
+face by asserting that you are well, and
+by reverently thanking God that it is so.
+Soon the old thoughts will return no
+more.</p>
+
+<p>Gratitude has a twofold effect; it
+strengthens your own faith, and it
+brings you into close and harmonious
+relations with the Supreme. You believe
+that there is one Intelligent Substance
+from which all life and all power
+come; you believe that you receive your
+own life from this substance; and you relate
+yourself closely to It by feeling continuous
+gratitude. It is easy to see that
+the more closely you relate yourself to
+the Source of Life the more readily you
+may receive life from it; and it is easy<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 55]</span>
+also to see that your relation to It is a
+matter of mental attitude. We cannot
+come into physical relationship with
+God, for God is mind-stuff and we also
+are mind-stuff; our relation with Him
+must therefore be a mind relation. It
+is plain, then, that the man who feels
+deep and hearty gratitude will live in
+closer touch with God than the man who
+never looks up to Him in thankfulness.
+The ungrateful or unthankful mind
+really denies that it receives at all, and
+so cuts its connection with the Supreme.
+The grateful mind is always looking
+toward the Supreme, and is always open
+to receive from it; and it will receive
+continually.</p>
+
+<p><i>The Principle of Health in man receives
+its vital power from the Principle
+of Life in the universe; and man relates
+himself to the Principle of Life by faith
+in health, and by gratitude for the health
+he receives.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>Man may cultivate both faith and
+gratitude by the proper use of his will.</i></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'>[Pg 56]</span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_VI" id="CHAPTER_VI"></a>CHAPTER VI.</h2>
+
+<h2><span class="smcap">Use of the Will.</span></h2>
+
+
+<p>In the practice of the Science
+of Being Well the will is not
+used to compel yourself to
+go when you are not really
+able to go, or to do things
+when you are not physically strong
+enough to do them. You do not direct
+your will upon your physical body or
+try to compel the proper performance
+of internal function by will power.</p>
+
+<p><i>You direct the will upon the mind,
+and use it in determining what you shall
+believe, what you shall think, and to
+what you shall give your attention.</i></p>
+
+<p>The will should never be used upon
+any person or thing external to you, and
+it should never be used upon your own
+body. The sole legitimate use of the will
+is in determining to what you shall give
+your attention, and what you shall think<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 57]</span>
+about the things to which your attention
+is given.</p>
+
+<p>All belief begins in the will to believe.</p>
+
+<p>You cannot always and instantly believe
+what you will to believe; but you
+can always will to believe what you want
+to believe. You want to believe truth
+about health, and you can will to do so.
+The statements you have been reading
+in this book are the truth about health,
+and you can will to believe them; this
+must be your first step toward getting
+well.</p>
+
+<p>These are the statements you must
+will to believe:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p><i>That there is a Thinking Substance
+from which all things are made, and
+that man receives the Principle of
+Health, which is his life, from this Substance.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>That man himself is Thinking Substance;
+a mind-body, permeating a physical
+body, and that as man's thoughts
+are, so will the functioning of his physical
+body be.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>That if man will think only thoughts</i>
+<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 58]</span><i>of perfect health, he must and will cause
+the internal and involuntary functioning
+of his body to be the functioning of
+health, provided that his external and
+voluntary functioning and attitude are
+in accordance with his thoughts.</i></p></div>
+
+<p>When you will to believe these statements,
+you must also begin to act upon
+them. You cannot long retain a belief
+unless you act upon it; you cannot increase
+a belief until it becomes faith
+unless you act upon it; and you certainly
+cannot expect to reap benefits in any
+way from a belief so long as you act as
+if the opposite were true. You cannot
+long have faith in health if you continue
+to act like a sick person. If you continue
+to act like a sick person, you cannot
+help continuing to think of yourself as a
+sick person; and if you continue to think
+of yourself as a sick person, you will continue
+to be a sick person.</p>
+
+<p>The first step toward acting externally
+like a well person is to begin to
+act internally like a well person. Form<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 59]</span>
+your conception of perfect health, and
+get into the way of thinking about perfect
+health until it begins to have a definite
+meaning to you. Picture yourself
+as doing the things a strong and
+healthy person would do, and have faith
+that you can and will do those things in
+that way; continue this until you have
+a vivid CONCEPTION of health, and
+what it means to you. When I speak
+in this book of a conception of health, I
+mean a conception that carries with it
+the idea of the way a healthy person
+looks and does things. Think of yourself
+in connection with health until you
+form a conception of how you would
+live, appear, act, and do things as a perfectly
+healthy person. Think about
+yourself in connection with health until
+you conceive of yourself, in imagination,
+as always doing everything in the manner
+of a well person; until the thought
+of health conveys the idea of what health
+means to you. As I have said in a former
+chapter, you may not be able to<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 60]</span>
+form a clear mental image of yourself
+in perfect health, but you can form a
+conception of yourself as acting like a
+healthy person.</p>
+
+<p>Form this conception, and then think
+only thoughts of perfect health in relation
+to yourself, and, so far as may be
+possible, in relation to others. When a
+thought of sickness or disease is presented
+to you, reject it; do not let it get
+into your mind; do not entertain or consider
+it at all. Meet it by thinking
+health; by thinking that you are well,
+and by being sincerely grateful for the
+health you are receiving. Whenever
+suggestions of disease are coming thick
+and fast upon you, and you are in a
+"tight place," fall back upon the exercise
+of gratitude. Connect yourself
+with the Supreme; give thanks to God
+for the perfect health He gives you, and
+you will soon find yourself able to control
+your thoughts, and to think what
+you want to think. In times of doubt,
+trial, and temptation, the exercise of<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 61]</span>
+gratitude is always a sheet anchor which
+will prevent you from being swept away.
+Remember that the great essential thing
+is to SEVER ALL MENTAL RELATIONS
+WITH DISEASE, AND TO
+ENTER INTO FULL MENTAL RELATIONSHIP
+WITH HEALTH. This
+is the KEY to all mental healing; it is
+the whole thing. Here we see the secret
+of the great success of Christian Science;
+more than any other formulated
+system of practice, it insists that its
+converts shall sever relations with disease,
+and relate themselves fully with
+health. The healing power of Christian
+Science is not in its theological
+formul&aelig;, nor in its denial of matter; but
+in the fact that it induces the sick to
+ignore disease as an unreal thing and
+accept health by faith as a reality. Its
+failures are made because its practitioners,
+while thinking in the Certain
+Way, do not eat, drink, breathe, and
+sleep in the same way.</p>
+
+<p>While there is no healing power in<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 62]</span>
+the repetition of strings of words, yet
+it is a very convenient thing to have the
+central thoughts so formulated that you
+can repeat them readily, so that you can
+use them as affirmations whenever you
+are surrounded by an environment
+which gives you adverse suggestions.
+When those around you begin to talk of
+sickness and death, close your ears and
+mentally assert something like the following:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p><i>There is One Substance, and I am that
+Substance.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>That Substance is eternal, and it is
+Life; I am that Substance, and I am
+Eternal Life.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>That Substance knows no disease; I
+am that Substance, and I am Health.</i></p></div>
+
+<p>Exercise your will power in choosing
+only those thoughts which are thoughts
+of health, and arrange your environment
+so that it shall suggest thoughts
+of health. Do not have about you
+books, pictures, or other things which
+suggest death, disease, deformity, weak<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 63]</span>ness,
+or age; have only those which convey
+the ideas of health, power, joy,
+vitality, and youth. When you are confronted
+with a book, or anything else
+which suggests disease, do not give it
+your attention. Think of your conception
+of health, and your gratitude, and
+affirm as above; use your will power to fix
+your attention upon thoughts of health.
+In a future chapter I shall touch upon this
+point again; what I wish to make plain
+here is that you must think only health,
+recognize only health, and give your attention
+only to health; and that you must
+control thought, recognition, and attention
+by the use of your will.</p>
+
+<p>Do not try to use your will to compel
+the healthy performance of function
+within you. The Principle of Health
+will attend to that, if you give your attention
+only to thoughts of health.</p>
+
+<p>Do not try to exert your will upon the
+Formless to compel It to give you more
+vitality or power; it is already placing
+all the power there is at your service.<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 64]</span></p>
+
+<p>You do not have to use your will to
+conquer adverse conditions, or to subdue
+unfriendly forces; there are no unfriendly
+forces; there is only One Force,
+and that force is friendly to you; it is
+a force which makes for health.</p>
+
+<p>Everything in the universe wants you
+to be well; you have absolutely nothing
+to overcome but your own habit of thinking
+in a certain way about disease, and
+you can do this only by forming a habit
+of thinking in another Certain Way
+about health.</p>
+
+<p>Man can cause all the internal functions
+of his body to be performed in a
+perfectly healthy manner by continuously
+thinking in a Certain Way, and
+by performing the external functions in
+a certain way.</p>
+
+<p>He can think in this Certain Way by
+controlling his attention, and he can
+control his attention by the use of his
+will.</p>
+
+<p>He can decide what things he will
+think about.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'>[Pg 65]</span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_VII" id="CHAPTER_VII"></a>CHAPTER VII.</h2>
+
+<h2><span class="smcap">Health from God.</span></h2>
+
+
+<p>I will give a chapter here to
+explaining how man may
+receive health from the
+Supreme. By the Supreme
+I mean the Thinking Substance
+from which all things are made,
+and which is in all and through all, seeking
+more complete expression and fuller
+life. This Intelligent Substance, in a
+perfectly fluid state, permeates and
+penetrates all things, and is in touch
+with all minds. It is the source of all
+energy and power, and constitutes the
+"inflow" of life which Swedenborg saw,
+vitalizing all things. It is working to
+one definite end, and for the fulfillment
+of one purpose; and that purpose is the
+advancement of life toward the complete
+expression of Mind. When man harmonizes
+himself with this Intelligence,<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 66]</span>
+it can and will give him health and wisdom.
+When man holds steadily to the
+purpose to live more abundantly, he
+comes into harmony with this Supreme
+Intelligence.</p>
+
+<p>The purpose of the Supreme Intelligence
+is the most Abundant Life for all;
+the purpose of this Supreme Intelligence
+for you is that you should live more
+abundantly. If, then, your own purpose
+is to live more abundantly, you are
+unified with the Supreme; you are working
+with It, and it must work with you.
+But as the Supreme Intelligence is in
+all, <i>if you harmonize with it you must
+harmonize with all; and you must desire
+more abundant life for all as well as for
+yourself</i>. Two great benefits come to
+you from being in harmony with the
+Supreme Intelligence.</p>
+
+<p>First, you will receive wisdom. By
+wisdom I do not mean knowledge of
+facts so much as ability to perceive and
+understand facts, and to judge soundly
+and act rightly in all matters relating<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 67]</span>
+to life. Wisdom is the power to perceive
+truth, and the ability to make the
+best use of the knowledge of truth. It
+is the power to perceive at once the best
+end to aim at, and the means best
+adapted to attain that end. With wisdom
+comes poise, and the power to think
+rightly; to control and guide your
+thoughts, and to avoid the difficulties
+which come from wrong thinking.
+With wisdom you will be able to select
+the right courses for your particular
+needs, and to so govern yourself in all
+ways as to secure the best results. You
+will know how to do what you want to
+do. You can readily see that wisdom
+must be an essential attribute of the
+Supreme Intelligence, since That which
+knows all truth must be wise; and you
+can also see that just in proportion as
+you harmonize and unify your mind
+with that Intelligence you will have
+wisdom.</p>
+
+<p>But I repeat that since this Intelligence
+is All, and in all, you can enter<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 68]</span>
+into Its wisdom only by harmonizing
+with all. If there is anything in
+your desires or your purpose which
+will bring oppression to any, or work
+injustice to, or cause lack of life for
+any, you cannot receive wisdom from
+the Supreme. Furthermore, your purpose
+for your own self must be the best.</p>
+
+<p>Man can live in three general ways:
+for the gratification of his body, for that
+of his intellect, or for that of his soul.
+The first is accomplished by satisfying
+the desires for food, drink, and those
+other things which give enjoyable physical
+sensations. The second is accomplished
+by doing those things which
+cause pleasant mental sensations, such
+as gratifying the desire for knowledge
+or those for fine clothing, fame, power,
+and so on. The third is accomplished
+by giving way to the instincts of unselfish
+love and altruism. Man lives most
+wisely and completely when he functions
+most perfectly along all of these
+lines, without excess in any of them.<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 69]</span>
+The man who lives swinishly, for the
+body alone, is unwise and out of harmony
+with God; that man who lives
+solely for the cold enjoyments of the
+intellect, though he be absolutely moral,
+is unwise and out of harmony with God;
+and the man who lives wholly for the
+practice of altruism, and who throws
+himself away for others, is as unwise
+and as far from harmony with God as
+those who go to excess in other ways.</p>
+
+<p>To come into full harmony with the
+Supreme, you must purpose to LIVE;
+to live to the utmost of your capabilities
+in body, mind, and soul. This must
+mean the full exercise of function in all
+the different ways, but without excess;
+for excess in one causes deficiency in
+the others. Behind your desire for
+health is your own desire for more abundant
+life; and behind that is the desire
+of the Formless Intelligence to live more
+fully in you. So, as you advance toward
+perfect health, hold steadily to the purpose
+to attain complete life, physical,<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 70]</span>
+mental, and spiritual; to advance in all
+ways, and in every way to live more;
+if you hold this purpose you will be
+given wisdom. "He that willeth to do
+the will of the Father shall KNOW,"
+said Jesus. Wisdom is the most desirable
+gift that can come to man, for it
+makes him rightly self-governing.</p>
+
+<p>But wisdom is not all you may receive
+from the Supreme Intelligence; you may
+receive physical energy, vitality, life
+force. The energy of the Formless
+Substance is unlimited, and permeates
+everything; you are already receiving
+or appropriating to yourself this energy
+in an automatic and instinctive way,
+but you can do so to a far greater degree
+if you set about it intelligently. The
+measure of a man's strength is not what
+God is willing to give him, but what he,
+himself, has the will and the intelligence
+to appropriate to himself. God
+gives you all there is; your only question
+is how much to take of the unlimited
+supply.<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 71]</span></p>
+
+<p>Professor James has pointed out that
+there is apparently no limit to the powers
+of men; and this is simply because man's
+power comes from the inexhaustible
+reservoir of the Supreme. The runner
+who has reached the stage of exhaustion,
+when his physical power seems
+entirely gone, by running on in a Certain
+Way may receive his "second
+wind"; his strength is renewed in a
+seemingly miraculous fashion, and he
+can go on indefinitely. And by continuing
+in the Certain Way, he may receive
+a third, fourth, and fifth "wind"; we
+do not know where the limit is, or how
+far it may be possible to extend it. The
+conditions are that the runner must
+have absolute faith that the strength
+will come; that he must think steadily
+of strength, and have perfect confidence
+that he has it, and that he must continue
+to run on. If he admits a doubt into
+his mind, he falls exhausted, and if he
+stops running to wait for the accession
+of strength, it will never come. His<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 72]</span>
+faith in strength, his faith that he <i>can</i>
+keep on running, his unwavering purpose
+<i>to</i> keep on running, and his action
+<i>in</i> keeping on seem to connect him to
+the source of energy in such a way as to
+bring him a new supply.</p>
+
+<p>In a very similar manner, the sick
+person who has unquestioning faith in
+health, whose purpose brings him into
+harmony with the source, and who performs
+the voluntary functions of life in
+a certain way, will receive vital energy
+sufficient for all his needs, and for the
+healing of all his diseases. God, who
+seeks to live and express himself fully
+in man, delights to give man all that is
+needed for the most abundant life.
+Action and reaction are equal, and when
+you desire to live more, if you are in mental
+harmony with the Supreme, the forces
+which make for life begin to concentrate
+about you and upon you. The One Life
+begins to move toward you, and your
+environment becomes surcharged with
+it. Then, if you appropriate it by faith,<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 73]</span>
+it is yours. "Ye shall ask what ye will,
+and it shall be done unto you." Your
+Father giveth not his spirit by measure;
+he delights to give good gifts to you.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'>[Pg 74]</span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_VIII" id="CHAPTER_VIII"></a>CHAPTER VIII.</h2>
+
+<h2><span class="smcap">Summary of the Mental Actions.</span></h2>
+
+
+<p>Let me now summarize the
+mental actions and attitudes
+necessary to the
+practice of the Science of
+Being Well: first, you believe
+that there is a Thinking Substance,
+from which all things are made,
+and which, in its original state, permeates,
+penetrates, and fills the interspaces
+of the universe. This Substance is the
+Life of All, and is seeking to express
+more life in all. It is the Principle of
+Life of the universe, and the Principle
+of Health in man.</p>
+
+<p>Man is a form of this Substance, and
+draws his vitality from it; he is a mind-body
+of original substance, permeating
+a physical body, and the thoughts of his
+mind-body control the functioning of
+his physical body. If man thinks no<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 75]</span>
+thoughts save those of perfect health,
+the functions of his physical body will
+be performed in a manner of perfect
+health.</p>
+
+<p>If you would consciously relate yourself
+to the All-Health, your purpose
+must be to live fully on every plane of
+your being. You must want all that
+there is in life for body, mind, and soul;
+and this will bring you into harmony
+with all the life there is. The person
+who is in conscious and intelligent harmony
+with All will receive a continuous
+inflow of vital power from the Supreme
+Life; and this inflow is prevented by
+angry, selfish or antagonistic mental
+attitudes. If you are against any part,
+you have severed relations with all; you
+will receive life, but only instinctively
+and automatically; not intelligently and
+purposefully. You can see that if you
+are mentally antagonistic to any part,
+you cannot be in complete harmony
+with the Whole; therefore, as Jesus
+directed, be reconciled to everybody<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 76]</span>
+and everything before you offer worship.</p>
+
+<p><i>Want for everybody all that you want
+for yourself.</i></p>
+
+<p>The reader is recommended to read
+what we have said in a former work<a name="FNanchor_A_1" id="FNanchor_A_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_A_1" class="fnanchor">[A]</a>
+concerning the Competitive mind and
+the Creative mind. It is very doubtful
+whether one who has lost health can
+completely regain it so long as he remains
+in the competitive mind.</p>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_A_1" id="Footnote_A_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_A_1"><span class="label">[A]</span></a> The Science of Getting Rich.</p></div>
+
+<p>Being on the Creative or Good-Will
+plane in mind, the next step is to form
+a conception of yourself as in perfect
+health, and to hold no thoughts which
+are not in full harmony with this conception.
+Have FAITH that if you
+think only thoughts of health you will
+establish in your physical body the functioning
+of health; and use your will to
+determine that you will think only
+thoughts of health. Never think of
+yourself as sick, or as likely to be sick;
+never think of sickness in connection
+<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 77]</span>with yourself at all. And, as far as
+may be, shut out of your mind all
+thoughts of sickness in connection with
+others. Surround yourself as much as
+possible with the things which suggest
+the ideas of strength and health.</p>
+
+<p>Have faith in health, and accept
+health as an actual present fact in your
+life. Claim health as a blessing bestowed
+upon you by the Supreme Life,
+and be deeply grateful at all times.
+Claim the blessing by faith; know that
+it is yours, and never admit a contrary
+thought to your mind.</p>
+
+<p>Use your will-power to withhold your
+attention from every appearance of disease
+in yourself and others; do not study
+disease, think about it, nor speak of it.
+At all times, when the thought of disease
+is thrust upon you, move forward into
+the mental position of prayerful gratitude
+for your perfect health.</p>
+
+<p>The mental actions necessary to being
+well may now be summed up in a single
+sentence: Form a conception of your<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 78]</span>self
+in perfect health, and think only
+those thoughts which are in harmony
+with that conception.</p>
+
+<p>That, with faith and gratitude, and
+the purpose to really live, covers all the
+requirements. It is not necessary to
+take mental exercises of any kind,
+except as described in Chapter VI, or
+to do wearying "stunts" in the way of
+affirmations, and so on. It is not necessary
+to concentrate the mind on the
+affected parts; it is far better not
+to think of any part as affected.
+It is not necessary to "treat" yourself
+by auto-suggestion, or to have others
+treat you in any way whatever. The
+power that heals is the Principle of
+Health within you; and to call this Principle
+into Constructive Action it is only
+necessary, having harmonized yourself
+with the All-Mind, to claim by FAITH
+the All-Health; and to hold that claim
+until it is physically manifested in all
+the functions of your body.</p>
+
+<p>In order to hold this mental attitude<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 79]</span>
+of faith, gratitude, and health, however,
+your external acts must be only
+those of health. You cannot long hold
+the internal attitude of a well person if
+you continue to perform the external
+acts of a sick person. It is essential
+not only that your every thought should
+be a thought of health, but that your
+every act should be an act of health,
+performed in a healthy manner. If
+you will make every thought a thought
+of health, and every conscious act an act
+of health, it must infallibly follow that
+every internal and unconscious function
+shall come to be healthy; for all the
+power of life is being continually exerted
+toward health. We shall next consider
+how you may make every act an act of
+health.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'>[Pg 80]</span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_IX" id="CHAPTER_IX"></a>CHAPTER IX.</h2>
+
+<h2><span class="smcap">When to Eat.</span></h2>
+
+
+<p>You cannot build and maintain
+a perfectly healthy
+body by mental action
+alone, or by the performance
+of the unconscious or
+involuntary functions alone. There are
+certain actions, more or less voluntary,
+which have a direct and immediate
+relation with the continuance of
+life itself; these are eating, drinking,
+breathing, and sleeping. No matter
+what man's thought or mental attitude
+may be, he cannot live unless he eats,
+drinks, breathes, and sleeps; and, moreover,
+he cannot be well if he eats, drinks,
+breathes, and sleeps in an unnatural or
+wrong manner. It is therefore vitally
+important that you should learn the
+right way to perform these voluntary
+functions, and I shall proceed to show<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 81]</span>
+you this way, beginning with the matter
+of eating, which is most important.</p>
+
+<p>There has been a vast amount of controversy
+as to when to eat, what to eat,
+how to eat, and how much to eat; and
+all this controversy is unnecessary, for
+the Right Way is very easy to find.
+You have only to consider the Law
+which governs all attainment, whether
+of health, wealth, power, or happiness;
+and that law is <i>that you must do what
+you can do now, where you are now; do
+every separate act in the most perfect
+manner possible, and put the power of
+faith into every action</i>.</p>
+
+<p>The processes of digestion and assimilation
+are under the supervision and
+control of an inner division of man's
+mentality, which is generally called the
+sub-conscious mind; and I shall use that
+term here in order to be understood.
+The sub-conscious mind is in charge of
+all the functions and processes of life;
+and when more food is needed by the
+body, it makes the fact known by caus<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 82]</span>ing
+a sensation called hunger. Whenever
+food is needed, and can be used,
+there is hunger; and whenever there is
+hunger it is time to eat. When there is
+no hunger it is unnatural and wrong
+to eat, no matter how great may
+APPEAR to be the need for food.
+Even if you are in a condition
+of apparent starvation, with great
+emaciation, if there is no hunger you
+may know that FOOD CANNOT BE
+USED, and it will be unnatural and
+wrong for you to eat. Though you
+have not eaten for days, weeks, or
+months, if you have no hunger you may
+be perfectly sure that food cannot be
+used, and will probably not be used if
+taken. Whenever food is needed, if
+there is power to digest and assimilate
+it, so that it can be normally used, the
+sub-conscious mind will announce the
+fact by a decided hunger. Food, taken
+when there is no hunger, will sometimes
+be digested and assimilated, because
+Nature makes a special effort to<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 83]</span>
+perform the task which is thrust upon
+her against her will; but if food be
+habitually taken when there is no hunger,
+the digestive power is at last destroyed,
+and numberless evils caused.</p>
+
+<p>If the foregoing be true&mdash;and it is
+indisputably so&mdash;it is a self-evident
+proposition that the natural time, and
+the healthy time, to eat is when one is
+hungry; and that it is never a natural
+or a healthy action to eat when one is
+not hungry. You see, then, that it is
+an easy matter to scientifically settle
+the question when to eat. ALWAYS
+eat when you are hungry; and NEVER
+eat when you are not hungry. This is
+obedience to nature, which is obedience
+to God.</p>
+
+<p>We must not fail, however, to make
+clear the distinction between hunger
+and appetite. Hunger is the call of the
+sub-conscious mind for more material
+to be used in repairing and renewing
+the body, and in keeping up the internal
+heat; and hunger is never felt unless<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 84]</span>
+there is need for more material, and
+unless there is power to digest it when
+taken into the stomach. Appetite is a
+desire for the gratification of sensation.
+The drunkard has an appetite for liquor,
+but he cannot have a hunger for it. A
+normally fed person cannot have a hunger
+for candy or sweets; the desire for
+these things is an appetite. You cannot
+hunger for tea, coffee, spiced foods,
+or for the various taste-tempting devices
+of the skilled cook; if you desire these
+things, it is with appetite, not with hunger.
+Hunger is nature's call for material
+to be used in building new cells,
+and nature never calls for anything
+which may not be legitimately used for
+this purpose.</p>
+
+<p>Appetite is often largely a matter of
+habit; if one eats or drinks at a certain
+hour, and especially if one takes sweetened
+or spiced and stimulating foods,
+the desire comes regularly at the same
+hour; but this habitual desire for food
+should never be mistaken for hunger.<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 85]</span>
+Hunger does not appear at specified
+times. It only comes when work or
+exercise has destroyed sufficient tissue
+to make the taking in of new raw material
+a necessity.</p>
+
+<p>For instance, if a person has been
+sufficiently fed on the preceding day, it
+is impossible that he should feel a genuine
+hunger on arising from refreshing
+sleep. In sleep the body is recharged
+with vital power, and the assimilation
+of the food which has been taken during
+the day is completed; the system has no
+need for food immediately after sleep,
+unless the person went to his rest in a
+state of starvation. With a system of
+feeding, which is even a reasonable
+approach to a natural one, no one can
+have a real hunger for an early morning
+breakfast. There is no such thing
+possible as a normal or genuine hunger
+immediately after arising from sound
+sleep. The early morning breakfast is
+always taken to gratify appetite, never
+to satisfy hunger. No matter who you<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 86]</span>
+are, or what your condition is; no matter
+how hard you work, or how much
+you are exposed, unless you go to your
+bed starved, you cannot arise from your
+bed hungry.</p>
+
+<p>Hunger is not caused by sleep, but
+by work. And it does not matter who
+you are, or what your condition, or how
+hard or easy your work, the so-called
+no-breakfast plan is the right plan for
+you. It is the right plan for everybody,
+because it is based on the universal law
+that hunger never comes until it is
+EARNED.</p>
+
+<p>I am aware that a protest against
+this will come from the large number of
+people who "enjoy" their breakfasts;
+whose breakfast is their "best meal";
+who believe that their work is so hard
+that they cannot "get through the forenoon
+on an empty stomach," and so on.
+But all their arguments fall down before
+the facts. They enjoy their breakfast
+as the toper enjoys his morning
+dram, because it gratifies a habitual<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 87]</span>
+appetite and not because it supplies a
+natural want. It is their best meal for
+the same reason that his morning dram
+is the toper's best drink. And they
+CAN get along without it, because millions
+of people, of every trade and profession,
+DO get along without it, and are
+vastly better for doing so. If you are
+to live according to the Science of
+Being Well, you must NEVER EAT
+UNTIL YOU HAVE AN EARNED
+HUNGER.</p>
+
+<p>But if I do not eat on arising in the
+morning, when shall I take my first
+meal?</p>
+
+<p>In ninety-nine cases out of a hundred
+twelve o'clock, noon, is early enough;
+and it is generally the most convenient
+time. If you are doing heavy work,
+you will get by noon a hunger sufficient
+to justify a good-sized meal; and if your
+work is light, you will probably still
+have hunger enough for a moderate
+meal. The best general rule or law
+that can be laid down is that you should<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 88]</span>
+eat your first meal of the day at noon,
+if you are hungry; and if you are not
+hungry, wait until you become so.</p>
+
+<p>And when shall I eat my second
+meal?</p>
+
+<p>Not at all, unless you are hungry for
+it; and that with a genuine earned hunger.
+If you do get hungry for a second
+meal, eat at the most convenient time;
+but do not eat until you have a really
+earned hunger. The reader who wishes
+to fully inform himself as to the reasons
+for this way of arranging the mealtimes
+will find the best books thereon
+cited in the preface to this work. From
+the foregoing, however, you can easily
+see that the Science of Being Well readily
+answers the question: When, and
+how often shall I eat? The answer is:
+Eat when you have an earned hunger;
+and never eat at any other time.</p>
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'>[Pg 89]</span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_X" id="CHAPTER_X"></a>CHAPTER X.</h2>
+
+<h2><span class="smcap">What To Eat.</span></h2>
+
+
+<p>The current sciences of medicine
+and hygiene have
+made no progress toward
+answering the question,
+What shall I eat? The
+contests between the vegetarians and
+the meat eaters, the cooked food advocates,
+raw food advocates, and various
+other "schools" of theorists, seem to be
+interminable; and from the mountains
+of evidence and argument piled up for
+and against each special theory, it is
+plain that if we depend on these scientists
+we shall never know what is the
+natural food of man. Turning away
+from the whole controversy, then, we
+will ask the question of nature herself,
+and we shall find that she has not left
+us without an answer.</p>
+
+<p>Most of the errors of dietary scien<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 90]</span>tists
+grow out of a false premise as to
+the natural state of man. It is assumed
+that civilization and mental development
+are unnatural things; that the
+man who lives in a modern house, in
+city or country, and who works in modern
+trade or industry for his living is
+leading an unnatural life, and is in an
+unnatural environment; that the only
+"natural" man is a naked savage, and
+that the farther we get from the savage
+the farther we are from nature. This
+is wrong. The man who has all that
+art and science can give him is leading
+the most natural life, because he is living
+most completely in all his faculties.
+The dweller in a well-appointed city flat,
+with modern conveniences and good
+ventilation, is living a far more naturally
+human life than the Australian savage
+who lives in a hollow tree or a hole
+in the ground.</p>
+
+<p>That Great Intelligence, which is in
+all and through all, has in reality practically
+settled the question as to what<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 91]</span>
+we shall eat. In ordering the affairs of
+nature, It has decided that man's food
+shall be according to the zone in which
+he lives. In the frigid regions of the
+far North, fuel foods are required. The
+development of brain is not large, nor
+is the life severe in its labor-tax on
+muscle; and so the Esquimaux live
+largely on the blubber and fat of aquatic
+animals. No other diet is possible to
+them; they could not get fruits, nuts,
+or vegetables even if they were disposed
+to eat them; and they could not live on
+them in that climate if they could get
+them. So, notwithstanding the arguments
+of the vegetarians, the Esquimaux
+will continue to live on animal
+fats.</p>
+
+<p>On the other hand, as we come toward
+the tropics, we find fuel foods less required;
+and we find the people naturally
+inclining toward a vegetarian diet.
+Millions live on rice and fruits; and the
+food regimen of an Esquimaux village,
+if followed upon the equator, would re<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 92]</span>sult
+in speedy death. A "natural" diet
+for the equatorial regions would be very
+far from being a natural diet near the
+North Pole; and the people of either
+zone, if not interfered with by medical
+or dietary "scientists," will be guided
+by the All Intelligence, which seeks the
+fullest life in all, to feed themselves in
+the best way for the promotion of perfect
+health. In general, you can see that God,
+working in nature and in the evolution
+of human society and customs, has answered
+your question as to what you
+shall eat; and I advise you to take His
+answer in preference to that of any
+man.</p>
+
+<p>In the temperate zone the largest demands
+are made on man in spirit, mind,
+and body; and here we find the greatest
+variety of foods provided by nature.
+And it is really quite useless and superfluous
+to theorize on the question what
+the masses shall eat, for they have no
+choice; they must eat the foods which
+are staple products of the zone in which<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 93]</span>
+they live. It is impossible to supply all
+the people with a nut-and-fruit or raw
+food diet; and the fact that it is impossible
+is proof positive that these are not
+the foods intended by nature, for
+nature, being formed for the advancement
+of life, has not made the obtaining
+of the means of life an impossibility.
+So, I say, the question, What shall I eat?
+has been answered for you. Eat wheat,
+corn, rye, oats, barley, buckwheat; eat
+vegetables; eat meats, eat fruits, eat
+the things that are eaten by the masses
+of the people around the world, for in
+this matter the voice of the people is the
+voice of God. They have been led, generally,
+to the selection of certain foods;
+and they have been led, generally, to
+prepare these foods in generally similar
+ways; and you may depend upon it that
+in general they have the right foods and
+are preparing them in the right way.
+In these matters the race has been under
+the guidance of God. The list of foods
+in common use is a long one, and you<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 94]</span>
+must select therefrom according to your
+individual taste; if you do, you will find
+that you have an infallible guide, as
+shown in the next two chapters.</p>
+
+<p>If you do not eat until you have an
+EARNED hunger, you will not find
+your taste demanding unnatural or unhealthy
+foods. The woodchopper, who has
+swung his axe continuously from seven
+in the morning until noon does not come
+in clamoring for cream puffs and confectionery;
+he wants pork and beans, or
+beefsteak and potatoes, or corn bread
+and cabbage; he asks for the plain solids.
+Offer to crack him a few walnuts and
+give him a plate of lettuce, and you will
+be met with huge disdain; those things
+are not natural foods for a workingman.
+And if they are not natural
+foods for a workingman, they are not
+for any other man; for work hunger is
+the only real hunger, and requires the
+same materials to satisfy it, whether it
+be in woodchopper or banker, in man,
+woman or child.<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 95]</span></p>
+
+<p>It is a mistake to suppose that food
+must be selected with anxious care to
+fit the vocation of the person who eats.
+It is not true that the woodchopper
+requires "heavy" or "solid" foods and
+the bookkeeper "light" foods. If you
+are a bookkeeper, or other brain worker,
+and do not eat until you have an
+EARNED hunger, you will want exactly
+the same foods that the woodchopper
+wants. Your body is made of
+exactly the same elements as that of the
+woodchopper, and requires the same
+materials for cell-building; why, then,
+feed him on ham and eggs and corn
+bread and you on crackers and toast?
+True, most of his waste is of muscle,
+while most of yours is of brain and nerve
+tissue; but it is also true that the woodchopper's
+diet contains all the requisites
+for brain and nerve building in far better
+proportions than they are found in
+most "light" foods. The world's best
+brain work has been done on the fare
+of the working people. The world's<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 96]</span>
+greatest thinkers have invariably lived
+on the plain solid foods common among
+the masses.</p>
+
+<p>Let the bookkeeper wait until he has
+an earned hunger before he eats; and
+then, if he wants ham, eggs, and corn
+bread, by all means let him eat them;
+but let him remember that he does not
+need one-twentieth of the amount necessary
+for the woodchopper. It is not
+eating "hearty" foods which gives the
+brain worker indigestion; it is eating
+as much as would be needed by a muscle
+worker. Indigestion is never caused
+by eating to satisfy hunger; it is always
+caused by eating to gratify appetite. If
+you eat in the manner prescribed in the
+next chapter, your taste will soon become
+so natural that you will never
+WANT anything that you cannot eat
+with impunity; and you can drop the
+whole anxious question of what to eat
+from your mind forever, and simply eat
+what you want. Indeed, that is the
+only way to do if you are to think no<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 97]</span>
+thoughts but those of health; for you
+cannot think health so long as you are
+in continual doubt and uncertainty as
+to whether you are getting the right
+bills of fare.</p>
+
+<p>"Take no thought what ye shall
+eat," said Jesus, and he spoke wisely.
+The foods found on the table of any ordinary
+middle-class or working class family
+will nourish your body perfectly if
+you eat at the right times and in the
+right way. If you want meat, eat it;
+and if you do not want it, do not eat it,
+and do not suppose that you must find
+some special substitute for it. You
+can live perfectly well on what is left on
+any table after the meat has been removed.</p>
+
+<p>It is not necessary to worry about a
+"varied" diet, so as to get in all the
+necessary elements. The Chinese and
+Hindus build very good bodies and excellent
+brains on a diet of few variations,
+rice making almost the whole of
+it. The Scotch are physically and men<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 98]</span>tally
+strong on oatmeal cakes; and the
+Irishman is husky of body and brilliant
+of mind on potatoes and pork. The
+wheat berry contains practically all
+that is necessary for the building of
+brain and body; and a man can live
+very well on a monodiet of navy beans.</p>
+
+<p>Form a conception of perfect health
+for yourself, and do not hold any
+thought which is not a thought of
+health.</p>
+
+<p>NEVER eat until you have an
+EARNED HUNGER. Remember that
+it will not hurt you in the least to go
+hungry for a short time; but it will
+surely hurt you to eat when you are not
+hungry.</p>
+
+<p>Do not give the least thought to what
+you should or should not eat; simply eat
+what is set before you, selecting that
+which pleases your taste most. In other
+words, eat what you want. This you
+can do with perfect results if you eat in
+the right way; and how to do this will
+be explained in the next chapter.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'>[Pg 99]</span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XI" id="CHAPTER_XI"></a>CHAPTER XI.</h2>
+
+<h2><span class="smcap">How to Eat.</span></h2>
+
+
+<p>It is a settled fact that man
+naturally chews his food.
+The few faddists who
+maintain that we should
+bolt our nourishment, after
+the manner of the dog and others of the
+lower animals, can no longer get a hearing;
+we know that we should chew our
+food. And if it is natural that we
+should chew our food, the more thoroughly
+we chew it the more completely
+natural the process must be. If you
+will chew every mouthful to a liquid,
+you need not be in the least concerned
+as to what you shall eat, for you can
+get sufficient nourishment out of any
+ordinary food.</p>
+
+<p>Whether or not this chewing shall be
+an irksome and laborious task or a most
+enjoyable process, depends upon the<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 100]</span>
+mental attitude in which you come to
+the table.</p>
+
+<p>If your mind and attitude are on
+other things, or if you are anxious or
+worried about business or domestic
+affairs, you will find it almost impossible
+to eat without bolting more or less
+of your food. You must learn to live
+so scientifically that you will have no
+business or domestic cares to worry
+about; this you can do, and you can also
+learn to give your undivided attention to
+the act of eating while at the table.</p>
+
+<p>When you eat, do so with an eye
+single to the purpose of getting all the
+enjoyment you can from that meal; dismiss
+everything else from your mind,
+and do not let anything take your attention
+from the food and its taste until
+your meal is finished. Be cheerfully
+confident, for if you follow these instructions
+you may KNOW that the
+food you eat is exactly the right food,
+and that it will "agree" with you to
+perfection.<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 101]</span></p>
+
+<p>Sit down to the table with confident
+cheerfulness, and take a moderate portion
+of the food; take whatever thing
+looks most desirable to you. Do not
+select some food because you think it
+will be good for you; select that which
+will taste good to you. If you are to
+get well and stay well, you must drop
+the idea of doing things because they
+are good for your health, and do things
+because you want to do them. Select
+the food you want most; gratefully give
+thanks to God that you have learned
+how to eat it in such a way that digestion
+shall be perfect; and take a moderate
+mouthful of it.</p>
+
+<p>Do not fix your attention on the act
+of chewing; fix it on the TASTE of the
+food; and taste and enjoy it until it is
+reduced to a liquid state and passes
+down your throat by involuntary swallowing.
+No matter how long it takes,
+do not think of the time. Think of the
+taste. Do not allow your eyes to wander
+over the table, speculating as to what<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 102]</span>
+you shall eat next; do not worry for
+fear there is not enough, and that you
+will not get your share of everything.
+Do not anticipate the taste of the next
+thing; keep your mind centered on the
+taste of what you have in your mouth.
+And that is all of it.</p>
+
+<p>Scientific and healthful eating is a
+delightful process after you have learned
+how to do it, and after you have overcome
+the bad old habit of gobbling down
+your food unchewed. It is best not to
+have too much conversation going on
+while eating; be cheerful, but not talkative;
+do the talking afterward.</p>
+
+<p>In most cases, some use of the will
+is required to form the habit of correct
+eating. The bolting habit is an unnatural
+one, and is without doubt mostly the
+result of fear. Fear that we will be
+robbed of our food; fear that we will
+not get our share of the good things;
+fear that we will lose precious time&mdash;these
+are the causes of haste. Then
+there is anticipation of the dainties that<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 103]</span>
+are to come for dessert, and the consequent
+desire to get at them as quickly
+as possible; and there is mental abstraction,
+or thinking of other matters while
+eating. All these must be overcome.</p>
+
+<p>When you find that your mind is wandering,
+call a halt; think for a moment
+of the food, and of how good it tastes;
+of the perfect digestion and assimilation
+that are going to follow the meal,
+and begin again. Begin again and
+again, though you must do so twenty
+times in the course of a single meal;
+and again and again, though you must
+do so every meal for weeks and months.
+It is perfectly certain that you CAN
+form the "Fletcher habit" if you persevere;
+and when you have formed it, you
+will experience a healthful pleasure you
+have never known.</p>
+
+<p>This is a vital point, and I must not
+leave it until I have thoroughly impressed
+it upon your mind. Given the
+right materials, perfectly prepared, the
+Principle of Health will positively build<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 104]</span>
+you a perfectly healthy body; and you
+cannot prepare the materials <i>perfectly</i>
+in any other way that the one I am describing.
+If you are to have perfect
+health, you MUST eat in just this way;
+you can, and the doing of it is only a
+matter of a little perseverance. What
+use for you to talk of mental control
+unless you will govern yourself in so
+simple a matter as ceasing to bolt your
+food? What use to talk of concentration
+unless you can keep your mind on
+the act of eating for so short a space as
+fifteen or twenty minutes, especially
+with all the pleasures of taste to help
+you? Go on, and conquer. In a few
+weeks, or months, as the case may be,
+you will find the habit of scientific eating
+becoming fixed; and soon you will be
+in so splendid a condition, mentally and
+physically, that nothing would induce
+you to return to the bad old way.</p>
+
+<p>We have seen that if man will think
+only thoughts of perfect health, his internal
+functions will be performed in<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 105]</span>
+a healthy manner; and we have seen
+that in order to think thoughts of health,
+man must perform the voluntary functions
+in a healthy manner. The most
+important of the voluntary functions
+is that of eating; and we see, so far, no
+especial difficulty in eating in a perfectly
+healthy way. I will here summarize
+the instructions as to when to
+eat, what to eat, and how to eat, with
+the reasons therefor:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>NEVER eat until you have an
+EARNED hunger, no matter how long
+you go without food. This is based on
+the fact that whenever food is needed
+in the system, if there is power to digest
+it, the sub-conscious mind announces
+the need by the sensation of hunger.
+Learn to distinguish between genuine
+hunger and the gnawing and craving
+sensations caused by unnatural appetite.
+Hunger is never a disagreeable
+feeling, accompanied by weakness,
+faintness, or gnawing feelings at the
+stomach; it is a pleasant, anticipatory<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 106]</span>
+desire for food, and is felt mostly in the
+mouth and throat. It does not come at
+certain hours or at stated intervals; it
+only comes when the sub-conscious mind
+is ready to receive, digest, and assimilate
+food.</p>
+
+<p>Eat whatever foods you want, making
+your selection from the staples in
+general use in the zone in which you live.
+The Supreme Intelligence has guided
+man to the selection of these foods, and
+they are the right ones for all. I am
+referring, of course, to the foods which
+are taken to satisfy hunger, not to those
+which have been contrived merely to
+gratify appetite or perverted taste. The
+instinct which has guided the masses of
+men to make use of the great staples
+of food to satisfy their hunger is a divine
+one. God has made no mistake; if you
+eat these foods you will not go wrong.</p>
+
+<p>Eat your food with cheerful confidence,
+and get all the pleasure that is to
+be had from the taste of every mouthful.
+Chew each morsel to a liquid, keeping<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 107]</span>
+your attention fixed on the enjoyment of
+the process. This is the only way to eat
+in a perfectly complete and successful
+manner; and when anything is done in
+a completely successful manner, the
+general result cannot be a failure. In
+the attainment of health, the law is the
+same as in the attainment of riches; if
+you make each act a success in itself,
+the sum of all your acts must be a success.
+When you eat in the mental attitude
+I have described, and in the manner
+I have described, nothing can be
+added to the process; it is done in a perfect
+manner, and it is successfully done.
+And if eating is successfully done, digestion,
+assimilation, and the building of a
+healthy body are successfully begun.
+We next take up the question of the
+quantity of food required.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'>[Pg 108]</span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XII" id="CHAPTER_XII"></a>CHAPTER XII.</h2>
+
+<h2><span class="smcap">Hunger and Appetites.</span></h2>
+
+
+<p>It is very easy to find the correct
+answer to the question,
+How much shall I
+eat? You are never to
+eat until you have an
+earned hunger, and you are to stop eating
+the instant you BEGIN to feel that
+your hunger is abating. Never gorge
+yourself; never eat to repletion. When
+you <i>begin</i> to feel that your hunger is
+satisfied, know that you have enough;
+for until you have enough, you will continue
+to feel the sensation of hunger.
+If you eat as directed in the last chapter,
+it is probable that you will begin to
+feel satisfied before you have taken half
+your usual amount; but stop there, all
+the same. No matter how delightfully
+attractive the dessert, or how tempting
+the pie or pudding, do not eat a mouth<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 109]</span>ful
+of it if you find that your hunger
+has been in the least degree assuaged
+by the other foods you have taken.</p>
+
+<p>Whatever you eat after your hunger
+begins to abate is taken to gratify taste
+and appetite, not hunger and is not
+called for by nature at all. It is therefore
+excess; mere debauchery, and it
+cannot fail to work mischief.</p>
+
+<p>This is a point you will need to watch
+with nice discrimination, for the habit
+of eating purely for sensual gratification
+is very deeply rooted with most of
+us. The usual "dessert" of sweet and
+tempting foods is prepared solely with
+a view to inducing people to eat after
+hunger has been satisfied; and all the
+effects are evil. It is not that pie and
+cake are unwholesome foods; they are
+usually perfectly wholesome if eaten to
+satisfy hunger, and NOT to gratify
+appetite. If you want pie, cake, pastry
+or puddings, it is better to begin your
+meal with them, finishing with the
+plainer and less tasty foods. You will<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 110]</span>
+find, however, that if you eat as directed
+in the preceding chapters, the plainest
+food will soon come to taste like kingly
+fare to you; for your sense of taste, like
+all your other senses, will become so
+acute with the general improvement in
+your condition that you will find new
+delights in common things. No glutton
+ever enjoyed a meal like the man who
+eats for hunger only, who gets the most
+out of every mouthful, and who stops
+on the instant that he feels the edge
+taken from his hunger. The first intimation
+that hunger is abating is the
+signal from the sub-conscious mind that
+it is time to quit.</p>
+
+<p>The average person who takes up
+this plan of living will be greatly surprised
+to learn how little food is really
+required to keep the body in perfect
+condition. The amount depends upon
+the work; upon how much muscular exercise
+is taken, and upon the extent to
+which the person is exposed to cold.
+The woodchopper who goes into the for<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 111]</span>est
+in the winter time and swings his
+axe all day can eat two full meals; but
+the brain worker who sits all day on
+a chair, in a warm room, does not need
+one third and often not one tenth as
+much. Most woodchoppers eat two or
+three times as much, and most brain
+workers from three to ten times as
+much as nature calls for; and the elimination
+of this vast amount of surplus
+rubbish from their systems is a tax on
+vital power which in time depletes their
+energy and leaves them an easy prey
+to so-called disease. Get all possible
+enjoyment out of the taste of your food,
+but never eat anything merely because
+it tastes good; and on the instant that
+you feel that your hunger is less keen,
+stop eating.</p>
+
+<p>If you will consider for a moment, you
+will see that there is positively no other
+way for you to settle these various food
+questions than by adopting the plan here
+laid down for you. As to the proper
+time to eat, there is no other way to<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 112]</span>
+decide than to say that you should eat
+whenever you have an EARNED HUNGER.
+It is a self-evident proposition
+that that is the right time to eat, and
+that any other is a wrong time to eat.
+As to what to eat, the Eternal Wisdom
+has decided that the masses of men shall
+eat the staple products of the zones in
+which they live. The staple foods of
+your particular zone are the right
+foods for you; and the Eternal Wisdom,
+working in and through the
+minds of the masses of men, has
+taught them how best to prepare these
+foods by cooking and otherwise. And
+as to how to eat, you know that you
+must chew your food; and if it must
+be chewed, then reason tells us that the
+more thorough and perfect the operation
+the better.</p>
+
+<p>I repeat that success in anything is
+attained by making each separate act a
+success in itself. If you make each
+action, however small and unimportant,
+a thoroughly successful action, your<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 113]</span>
+day's work as a whole cannot result in
+failure. If you make the actions of
+each day successful, the sum total of
+your life cannot be failure. A great
+success is the result of doing a large
+number of little things, and doing each
+one in a perfectly successful way. If
+every thought is a healthy thought, and
+if every action of your life is performed
+in a healthy way, you must soon attain
+to perfect health. It is impossible to
+devise a way in which you can perform
+the act of eating more successfully, and
+in a manner more in accord with the
+laws of life, than by chewing every
+mouthful to a liquid, enjoying the taste
+fully, and keeping a cheerful confidence
+the while. Nothing can be added to
+make the process more successful; while
+if anything be subtracted, the process
+will not be a completely healthy one.</p>
+
+<p>In the matter of how much to eat, you
+will also see that there could be no other
+guide so natural, so safe, and so reliable
+as the one I have prescribed&mdash;to stop<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 114]</span>
+eating on the instant you feel that your
+hunger begins to abate. The sub-conscious
+mind may be trusted with implicit
+reliance to inform us when food
+is needed; and it may be trusted as implicitly
+to inform us when the need has
+been supplied. If ALL food is eaten
+for hunger, and NO food is taken merely
+to gratify taste, you will never eat too
+much; and if you eat whenever you have
+an EARNED hunger, you will always
+eat enough. By reading carefully the
+summing up in the following chapter,
+you will see that the requirements for
+eating in a perfectly healthy way are
+really very few and simple.</p>
+
+<p>The matter of drinking in a natural
+way may be dismissed here with a very
+few words. If you wish to be exactly
+and rigidly scientific, drink nothing but
+water; drink only when you are thirsty;
+drink whenever you are thirsty, and
+stop as soon as you feel that your thirst
+begins to abate. But if you are living
+rightly in regard to eating, it will not<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 115]</span>
+be necessary to practice asceticism or
+great self-denial in the matter of drinking.
+You can take an occasional cup of
+weak coffee without harm; you can, to
+a reasonable extent, follow the customs
+of those around you. Do not get the
+soda fountain habit; do not drink merely
+to tickle your palate with sweet liquids;
+be sure that you take a drink of water
+whenever you feel thirst. Never be too
+lazy, too indifferent, or too busy to get
+a drink of water when you feel the least
+thirst; if you obey this rule, you will
+have little inclination to take strange
+and unnatural drinks. Drink only to
+satisfy thirst; drink whenever you feel
+thirst; and stop drinking as soon as you
+feel thirst abating. That is the perfectly
+healthy way to supply the body
+with the necessary fluid material for its
+internal processes.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'>[Pg 116]</span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XIII" id="CHAPTER_XIII"></a>CHAPTER XIII.</h2>
+
+<h2><span class="smcap">In a Nutshell.</span></h2>
+
+
+<p>There is a Cosmic Life which
+permeates, penetrates, and
+fills the interspaces of the
+universe, being in and
+through all things. This
+Life is not merely a vibration, or form
+of energy; it is a Living Substance. All
+things are made from it; it is All, and
+in all.</p>
+
+<p>This Substance thinks, and it assumes
+the form of that which it thinks about.
+The thought of a form, in this substance,
+creates the form; the thought of
+a motion institutes the motion. The visible
+universe, with all its forms and
+motions, exists because it is in the
+thought of Original Substance.</p>
+
+<p>Man is a form of Original Substance,
+and can think original thoughts; and
+within himself, man's thoughts have<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 117]</span>
+controlling or formative power. The
+thought of a condition produces that
+condition; the thought of a motion institutes
+that motion. So long as man
+thinks of the conditions and motions of
+disease, so long will the conditions and
+motions of disease exist within him. If
+man will think only of perfect health,
+the Principle of Health within him will
+maintain normal conditions.</p>
+
+<p>To be well, man must form a conception
+of perfect health, and hold thoughts
+harmonious with that conception as regards
+himself and all things. He must
+think only of healthy conditions and
+functioning; he must not permit a
+thought of unhealthy or abnormal conditions
+or functioning to find lodgment
+in his mind at any time.</p>
+
+<p>In order to think only of healthy conditions
+and functioning, man must perform
+the voluntary acts of life in a
+perfectly healthy way. He cannot think
+perfect health so long as he knows that
+he is living in a wrong or unhealthy<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 118]</span>
+way; or even so long as he has doubts
+as to whether or not he is living in a
+healthy way. Man cannot think
+thoughts of perfect health while his voluntary
+functions are performed in the
+manner of one who is sick. The voluntary
+functions of life are eating, drinking,
+breathing, and sleeping. When
+man thinks only of healthy conditions
+and functioning, and performs these
+externals in a perfectly healthy manner,
+he must have perfect health.</p>
+
+<p>In eating, man must learn to be
+guided by his hunger. He must distinguish
+between hunger and appetite, and
+between hunger and the cravings of
+habit; he must NEVER eat unless he
+feels an EARNED HUNGER. He
+must learn that genuine hunger is never
+present after natural sleep, and that the
+demand for an early morning meal is
+purely a matter of habit and appetite;
+and he must not begin his day by eating
+in violation of natural law. He must
+wait until he has an Earned Hunger,<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 119]</span>
+which, in most cases, will make his first
+meal come at about the noon hour. No
+matter what his condition, vocation, or
+circumstances, he must make it his rule
+not to eat until he has an EARNED
+HUNGER; and he may remember that
+it is far better to fast for several hours
+after he has become hungry than to eat
+before he begins to feel hunger. It will
+not hurt you to go hungry for a few
+hours, even though you are working
+hard; but it will hurt you to fill your
+stomach when you are not hungry,
+whether you are working or not. If
+you never eat until you have an Earned
+Hunger, you may be certain that in so
+far as the time of eating is concerned,
+you are proceeding in a perfectly healthy
+way. This is a self-evident proposition.</p>
+
+<p>As to what he shall eat, man must be
+guided by that Intelligence which has
+arranged that the people of any given
+portion of the earth's surface must live
+on the staple products of the zone which<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 120]</span>
+they inhabit. Have faith in God, and
+ignore "food science" of every kind. Do
+not pay the slightest attention to the
+controversies as to the relative merits
+of cooked and raw foods; of vegetables
+and meats; or as to your need for carbohydrates
+and proteins. Eat only when
+you have an earned hunger, and then
+take the common foods of the masses
+of the people in the zone in which you
+live, and have perfect confidence that
+the results will be good. They will be.
+Do not seek for luxuries, or for things
+imported or fixed up to tempt the taste;
+stick to the plain solids; and when these
+do not "taste good," fast until they do.
+Do not seek for "light" foods; for easily
+digestible, or "healthy" foods; eat what
+the farmers and workingmen eat. Then
+you will be functioning in a perfectly
+healthy manner, so far as what to eat
+is concerned. I repeat, if you have no
+hunger or taste for the plain foods, do
+not eat at all; wait until hunger comes.
+Go without eating until the plainest food<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 121]</span>
+tastes good to you; and then begin your
+meal with what you like best.</p>
+
+<p>In deciding how to eat, man must be
+guided by reason. We can see that the
+abnormal states of hurry and worry
+produced by wrong thinking about business
+and similar things have led us to
+form the habit of eating too fast, and
+chewing too little. Reason tells us that
+food should be chewed, and that the
+more thoroughly it is chewed the better
+it is prepared for the chemistry of digestion.
+Furthermore, we can see that the
+man who eats slowly and chews his food
+to a liquid, keeping his mind on the
+process and giving it his undivided attention,
+will enjoy more of the pleasure of
+taste than he who bolts his food with
+his mind on something else. To eat in
+a perfectly healthy manner, man must
+concentrate his attention on the act,
+with cheerful enjoyment and confidence;
+he must taste his food, and he
+must reduce each mouthful to a liquid
+before swallowing it. The foregoing<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 122]</span>
+instructions, if followed, make the function
+of eating completely perfect; nothing
+can be added as to what, when,
+and how.</p>
+
+<p>In the matter of how much to eat,
+man must be guided by the same inward
+intelligence, or Principle of Health,
+which tells him when food is wanted.
+He must stop eating in the moment that
+he feels hunger abating; he must not
+eat beyond this point to gratify taste.
+If he ceases to eat in the instant that
+the inward demand for food ceases, he
+will never overeat; and the function of
+supplying the body with food will be
+performed in a perfectly healthy manner.</p>
+
+<p>The matter of eating naturally is a
+very simple one; there is nothing in all
+the foregoing that cannot be easily practiced
+by any one. This method, put in
+practice, will infallibly result in perfect
+digestion and assimilation; and all
+anxiety and careful thought concerning
+the matter can at once be dropped from<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 123]</span>
+the mind. Whenever you have an
+earned hunger, eat with thankfulness
+what is set before you, chewing each
+mouthful to a liquid, and stopping when
+you feel the edge taken from your hunger.</p>
+
+<p>The importance of the mental attitude
+is sufficient to justify an additional
+word. While you are eating, as at all
+other times, think only of healthy conditions
+and normal functioning. Enjoy
+what you eat; if you carry on a conversation
+at the table, talk of the goodness
+of the food, and of the pleasure it is
+giving you. Never mention that you
+dislike this or that; speak only of those
+things which you like. Never discuss
+the wholesomeness or unwholesomeness
+of foods; never mention or think of
+unwholesomeness at all. If there is
+anything on the table for which you do
+not care, pass it by in silence, or with
+a word of commendation; never criticise
+or object to anything. Eat your food
+with gladness and with singleness of<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 124]</span>
+heart, praising God and giving thanks.
+Let your watchword be perseverance;
+whenever you fall into the old way of
+hasty eating, or of wrong thought and
+speech, bring yourself up short and
+begin again.</p>
+
+<p>It is of the most vital importance to
+you that you should be a self-controlling
+and self-directing person; and you can
+never hope to become so unless you can
+master yourself in so simple and fundamental
+a matter as the manner and
+method of your eating. If you cannot
+control yourself in this, you cannot control
+yourself in anything that will be
+worth while. On the other hand, if you
+carry out the foregoing instructions,
+you may rest in the assurance that in
+so far as right thinking and right eating
+are concerned you are living in a
+perfectly scientific way; and you may
+also be assured that if you practice what
+is prescribed in the following chapters
+you will quickly build your body into a
+condition of perfect health.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'>[Pg 125]</span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XIV" id="CHAPTER_XIV"></a>CHAPTER XIV.</h2>
+
+<h2><span class="smcap">Breathing.</span></h2>
+
+
+<p>The function of breathing is
+a vital one, and it immediately
+concerns the continuance
+of life. We can
+live many hours without
+sleeping, and many days without eating
+or drinking, but only a few minutes
+without breathing. The act of breathing
+is involuntary, but the manner of
+it, and the provision of the proper conditions
+for its healthy performance, falls
+within the scope of volition. Man will
+continue to breathe involuntarily, but
+he can voluntarily determine what he
+shall breathe, and how deeply and thoroughly
+he shall breathe; and he can, of
+his own volition, keep the physical mechanism
+in condition for the perfect performance
+of the function.</p>
+
+<p>It is essential, if you wish to breathe<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 126]</span>
+in a perfectly healthy way, that the
+physical machinery used in the act
+should be kept in good condition. You
+must keep your spine moderately
+straight, and the muscles of your chest
+must be flexible and free in action. You
+cannot breathe in the right way if your
+shoulders are greatly stooped forward
+and your chest hollow and rigid. Sitting
+or standing at work in a slightly
+stooping position tends to produce hollow
+chest; so does lifting heavy weights&mdash;or
+light weights.</p>
+
+<p>The tendency of work, of almost all
+kinds, is to pull the shoulders forward,
+curve the spine, and flatten the chest;
+and if the chest is greatly flattened, full
+and deep breathing becomes impossible,
+and perfect health is out of the question.</p>
+
+<p>Various gymnastic exercises have
+been devised to counteract the effect of
+stooping while at work; such as hanging
+by the hands from a swing or trapeze
+bar, or sitting on a chair with the<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 127]</span>
+feet under some heavy article of furniture
+and bending backward until the
+head touches the floor, and so on. All
+these are good enough in their way, but
+very few people will follow them long
+enough and regularly enough to accomplish
+any real gain in physique. The
+taking of "health exercises" of any kind
+is burdensome and unnecessary; there
+is a more natural, simpler, and much
+better way.</p>
+
+<p>This better way is to keep yourself
+straight, and to breathe deeply. Let
+your mental conception of yourself be
+that you are a perfectly straight person,
+and whenever the matter comes to
+your mind, be sure that you instantly
+expand your chest, throw back your
+shoulders, and "straighten up." Whenever
+you do this, slowly draw in your
+breath until you fill your lungs to their
+utmost capacity; "crowd in" all the air
+you possibly can; and while holding it
+for an instant in the lungs, throw
+your shoulders still further back, and<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 128]</span>
+stretch your chest; at the same time
+try to pull your spine forward between
+the shoulders. Then let the air go
+easily.</p>
+
+<p>This is the one great exercise for
+keeping the chest full, flexible, and in
+good condition. Straighten up; fill your
+lungs FULL; stretch your chest and
+straighten your spine, and exhale easily.
+And this exercise you must repeat, in
+season and out of season, at all times
+and in all places, until you form a habit
+of doing it; you can easily do so. Whenever
+you step out of doors into the fresh,
+pure air, BREATHE. When you are
+at work, and think of yourself and your
+position, BREATHE. When you are
+in company, and are reminded of the
+matter, BREATHE. When you are
+awake in the night, BREATHE. No
+matter where you are or what you are
+doing, whenever the idea comes to your
+mind, straighten up and BREATHE.
+If you walk to and from your work, take
+the exercise all the way; it will soon<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 129]</span>
+become a delight to you; you will keep
+it up, not for the sake of health, but as
+a matter of pleasure.</p>
+
+<p>Do not consider this a "health exercise";
+<i>never take health exercises, or do
+gymnastics to make you well. To do
+so is to recognize sickness as a present
+fact or as a possibility, which is precisely
+what you must not do</i>. The people
+who are always taking exercises for
+their health are always thinking about
+being sick. It ought to be a matter of
+pride with you to keep your spine
+straight and strong; as much so as it
+is to keep your face clean. Keep your
+spine straight, and your chest full and
+flexible for the same reason that you
+keep your hands clean and your nails
+manicured; because it is slovenly to do
+otherwise. Do it without a thought of
+sickness, present or possible. You must
+either be crooked and unsightly, or you
+must be straight; and if you are straight
+your breathing will take care of itself.
+You will find the matter of health exer<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 130]</span>cises
+referred to again in a future
+chapter.</p>
+
+<p>It is essential, however, that you
+should breathe AIR. It appears to be
+the intention of nature that the lungs
+should receive air containing its regular
+percentage of oxygen, and not greatly
+contaminated by other gases, or by filth
+of any kind. Do not allow yourself to
+think that you are compelled to live or
+work where the air is not fit to breathe.
+If your house cannot be properly ventilated,
+move; and if you are employed
+where the air is bad, get another job;
+you can, by practicing the methods
+given in the preceding volume of this
+series&mdash;"THE SCIENCE OF GETTING
+RICH." If no one would consent
+to work in bad air, employers would
+speedily see to it that all work rooms
+were properly ventilated. The worst
+air is that from which the oxygen has
+been exhausted by breathing; as that
+of churches and theaters where crowds
+of people congregate, and the outlet and<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 131]</span>
+supply of air are poor. Next to this is
+air containing other gases than oxygen
+and hydrogen&mdash;sewer gas, and the effluvium
+from decaying things. Air that
+is heavily charged with dust or particles
+of organic matter may be endured better
+than any of these. Small particles
+of organic matter other than food are
+generally thrown off from the lungs;
+but gases go into the blood.</p>
+
+<p>I speak advisedly when I say "other
+than food." Air is largely a food. It
+is the most thoroughly alive thing we
+take into the body. Every breath carries
+in millions of microbes, many of
+which are assimilated. The odors from
+earth, grass, tree, flower, plant, and
+from cooking foods are foods in themselves;
+they are minute particles of the
+substances from which they come, and
+are often so attenuated that they pass
+directly from the lungs into the blood,
+and are assimilated without digestion.
+And the atmosphere is permeated with
+the One Original Substance, which is<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 132]</span>
+life itself. Consciously recognize this
+whenever you think of your breathing,
+and think that you are breathing in
+life; you really are, and conscious recognition
+helps the process. See to it
+that you do not breathe air containing
+poisonous gases, and that you do not
+rebreathe the air which has been used
+by yourself or others.</p>
+
+<p>That is all there is to the matter of
+breathing correctly. Keep your spine
+straight and your chest flexible, and
+breathe pure air, recognizing with
+thankfulness the fact that you breathe
+in the Eternal Life. That is not difficult;
+and beyond these things give little
+thought to your breathing except to
+thank God that you have learned how to
+do it perfectly.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'>[Pg 133]</span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XV" id="CHAPTER_XV"></a>CHAPTER XV.</h2>
+
+<h2><span class="smcap">Sleep.</span></h2>
+
+
+<p>Vital power is renewed in
+sleep. Every living thing
+sleeps; men, animals, reptiles,
+fish, and insects sleep,
+and even plants have regular
+periods of slumber. And this is
+because it is in sleep that we come into
+such contact with the Principle of Life
+in nature that our own lives may be
+renewed. It is in sleep that the brain
+of man is recharged with vital energy,
+and the Principle of Health within him
+is given new strength. It is of the first
+importance, then, that we should sleep
+in a natural, normal, and perfectly
+healthy manner.</p>
+
+<p>Studying sleep, we note that the
+breathing is much deeper, and more
+forcible and rhythmic than in the waking
+state. Much more air is inspired<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 134]</span>
+when asleep than when awake, and this
+tells us that the Principle of Health requires
+large quantities of some element
+in the atmosphere for the process of
+renewal. If you would surround sleep
+with natural conditions, then, the first
+step is to see that you have an unlimited
+supply of fresh and pure air to breathe.
+Physicians have found that sleeping in
+the pure air of out-of-doors is very efficacious
+in the treatment of pulmonary
+troubles; and, taken in connection with
+the Way of Living and Thinking prescribed
+in this book, you will find that it
+is just as efficacious in curing every
+other sort of trouble. Do not take any
+half-way measures in this matter of
+securing pure air while you sleep. Ventilate
+your bedroom thoroughly; so
+thoroughly that it will be practically
+the same as sleeping out of doors. Have
+a door or window open wide; have one
+open on each side of the room, if possible.
+If you cannot have a good
+draught of air across the room, pull the<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 135]</span>
+head of your bed close to the open window,
+so that the air from without may
+come fully into your face. No matter
+how cold or unpleasant the weather, have
+a window open, and open wide; and try
+to get a circulation of pure air through
+the room. Pile on the bedclothes, if
+necessary, to keep you warm; but have
+an unlimited supply of fresh air from
+out of doors. This is the first great
+requisite for healthy sleep.</p>
+
+<p>The brain and nerve centers cannot
+be thoroughly vitalized if you sleep in
+"dead" or stagnant air; you must have
+the living atmosphere, vital with nature's
+Principle of Life. I repeat, do
+not make any compromise in this matter;
+ventilate your sleeping room completely,
+and see that there is a circulation
+of outdoor air through it while you
+sleep. You are not sleeping in a perfectly
+healthy way if you shut the doors
+and windows of your sleeping room,
+whether in winter or summer. Have
+fresh air. If you are where there is<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 136]</span>
+no fresh air, move. If your bedroom
+cannot be ventilated, get into another
+house.</p>
+
+<p>Next in importance is the mental attitude
+in which you go to sleep. It is well
+to sleep intelligently, purposefully,
+knowing what you do it for. Lie down
+thinking that sleep is an infallible
+vitalizer, and go to sleep with a confident
+faith that your strength is to be
+renewed; that you will awake full of
+vitality and health. Put purpose into
+your sleep as you do into your eating;
+give the matter your attention for a few
+minutes, as you go to rest. Do not seek
+your couch with a discouraged or depressed
+feeling; go there joyously, to be
+made whole. Do not forget the exercise
+of gratitude in going to sleep; before
+you close your eyes, give thanks to
+God for having shown you the way to
+perfect health, and go to sleep with this
+grateful thought uppermost in your
+mind. A bedtime prayer of thanksgiving
+is a mighty good thing; it puts<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 137]</span>
+the Principle of Health within you into
+communication with its source, from
+which it is to receive new power while
+you are in the silence of unconsciousness.</p>
+
+<p>You may see that the requirements
+for perfectly healthy sleep are not difficult.
+First, to see that you breathe
+pure air from out of doors while you
+sleep; and, second, to put the Within
+into touch with the Living Substance by
+a few minutes of grateful meditation as
+you go to bed. Observe these requirements,
+go to sleep in a thankful and confident
+frame of mind, and all will be
+well. If you have insomnia, do not let
+it worry you. While you lie awake,
+form your conception of health; meditate
+with thankfulness on the abundant
+life which is yours, breathe, and feel
+perfectly confident that you will sleep in
+due time; and you will. Insomnia, like
+every other ailment, must give way
+before the Principle of Health aroused
+to full constructive activity by the<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 138]</span>
+course of thought and action herein described.</p>
+
+<p>The reader will now comprehend that
+it is not at all burdensome or disagreeable
+to perform the voluntary functions
+of life in a perfectly healthy way. The
+perfectly healthy way is the easiest,
+simplest, most natural, and most pleasant
+way. The cultivation of health is
+not a work of art, difficulty, or strenuous
+labor. You have only to lay aside
+artificial observances of every kind, and
+eat, drink, breathe, and sleep in the most
+natural and delightful way; and if you
+do this, thinking health and only health,
+you will certainly be well.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'>[Pg 139]</span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XVI" id="CHAPTER_XVI"></a>CHAPTER XVI.</h2>
+
+<h2>SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS.</h2>
+
+
+<p>In forming a conception of
+health, it is necessary to
+think of the manner in
+which you would live and
+work if you were perfectly
+well and very strong; to imagine yourself
+doing things in the way of a perfectly
+well and very strong person, until
+you have a fairly good conception of
+what you would be if you were well.
+Then take a mental and physical attitude
+in harmony with this conception;
+and do not depart from this attitude.
+You must unify yourself in thought
+with the thing you desire; and whatever
+state or condition you unify with yourself
+in thought will soon become unified
+with you in body. The scientific way
+is to sever relations with everything
+you do not want, and to enter into rela<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 140]</span>tions
+with everything you do want.
+Form a conception of perfect health,
+and relate yourself to this conception in
+word, act, and attitude.</p>
+
+<p>Guard your speech; make every word
+harmonize with the conception of perfect
+health. Never complain; never
+say things like these: "I did not sleep
+well last night;" "I have a pain in my
+side;" "I do not feel at all well to-day,"
+and so on. Say "I am looking forward
+to a good night's sleep to-night;" "I can
+see that I progress rapidly," and things
+of similar meaning. In so far as everything
+which is connected with disease is
+concerned, your way is to forget it; and
+in so far as everything which is connected
+with health is concerned, your
+way is to unify yourself with it in
+thought and speech.</p>
+
+<p>This is the whole thing in a nutshell:
+<i>make yourself one with Health in
+thought, word, and action; and do not
+connect yourself with sickness either by
+thought, word, or action</i>.<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 141]</span></p>
+
+<p>Do not read "Doctor Books" or medical
+literature, or the literature of those
+whose theories conflict with those herein
+set forth; to do so will certainly undermine
+your faith in the Way of Living
+upon which you have entered, and cause
+you to again come into mental relations
+with disease. This book really gives
+you all that is required; nothing essential
+has been omitted, and practically
+all the superfluous has been eliminated.
+The Science of Being Well is an exact
+science, like arithmetic; nothing can be
+added to the fundamental principles,
+and if anything be taken from them, a
+failure will result. If you follow
+strictly the way of living prescribed in
+this book, you will be well; and you certainly
+CAN follow this way, both in
+thought and action.</p>
+
+<p>Relate not only yourself, but so far
+as possible all others, in your thoughts,
+to perfect health. Do not sympathize
+with people when they complain, or even
+when they are sick and suffering. Turn<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 142]</span>
+their thoughts into a constructive channel
+if you can; do all you can for their
+relief, but do it with the health thought
+in your mind. Do not let people tell
+their woes and catalogue their symptoms
+to you; turn the conversation to
+some other subject, or excuse yourself
+and go. Better be considered an unfeeling
+person than to have the disease
+thought forced upon you. When you
+are in company of people whose conversational
+stock-in-trade is sickness and
+kindred matters, ignore what they say
+and fall to offering a mental prayer of
+gratitude for your perfect health; and
+if that does not enable you to shut out
+their thoughts, say good-by and leave
+them. No matter what they think or
+say; politeness does not require you to
+permit yourself to be poisoned by diseased
+or perverted thought. When we
+have a few more hundreds of thousands
+of enlightened thinkers who will not
+stay where people complain and talk
+sickness, the world will advance rapidly<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 143]</span>
+toward health. When you let people
+talk to you of sickness, you assist them
+to increase and multiply sickness.</p>
+
+<p>What shall I do when I am in pain?
+Can one be in actual physical suffering
+and still think only thoughts of <i>health</i>?</p>
+
+<p>Yes. Do not resist pain; recognize
+that it is a good thing. Pain is caused
+by an effort of the Principle of Health
+to overcome some unnatural condition;
+this you must know and feel. When
+you have a pain, think that a process of
+healing is going on in the affected
+part, and mentally assist and co-operate
+with it. Put yourself in full
+mental harmony with the power which
+is causing the pain; assist it; help it
+along. Do not hesitate, when necessary,
+to use hot fomentations and similar
+means to further the good work which
+is going on. If the pain is severe, lie
+down and give your mind to the work
+of quietly and easily co-operating with
+the force which is at work for your good.
+This is the time to exercise gratitude<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 144]</span>
+and faith; be thankful for the power of
+health which is causing the pain, and be
+certain that the pain will cease as soon
+as the good work is done. Fix your
+thoughts, with confidence, on the Principle
+of Health which is making such
+conditions within you that pain will
+soon be unnecessary. You will be surprised
+to find how easily you can conquer
+pain; and after you have lived for
+a time in this Scientific Way, pains and
+aches will be things unknown to you.</p>
+
+<p>What shall I do when I am too weak
+for my work? Shall I drive myself beyond
+my strength, trusting in God to
+support me? Shall I go on, like the
+runner, expecting a "second wind"?</p>
+
+<p>No; better not. When you begin to
+live in this Way, you will probably not
+be of normal strength; and you will
+gradually pass from a low physical condition
+to a higher one. If you relate
+yourself mentally with health and
+strength, and perform the voluntary
+functions of life in a perfectly healthy<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 145]</span>
+manner, your strength will increase
+from day to day; but for a time you
+may have days when your strength is
+insufficient for the work you would like
+to do. At such times rest, and exercise
+gratitude. Recognize the fact that
+your strength is growing rapidly, and
+feel a deep thankfulness to the Living
+One from whom it comes. Spend an
+hour of weakness in thanksgiving and
+rest, with full faith that great strength
+is at hand; and then get up and go on
+again. While you rest do not think of
+your present weakness; <i>think of the
+strength that is coming</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Never, at any time, allow yourself
+to think that you are giving way to
+weakness; when you rest, as when you
+go to sleep, fix your mind on the Principle
+of Health which is building you
+into complete strength.</p>
+
+<p>What shall I do about that great bugaboo
+which scares millions of people to
+death every year&mdash;Constipation?</p>
+
+<p>Do nothing. Read Horace Fletcher<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 146]</span>
+on "The A B Z or Our Own Nutrition,"
+and get the full force of his explanation
+of the fact that when you live on this scientific
+plan you need not, and indeed cannot,
+have an evacuation of the bowels
+every day; and that an operation in
+from once in three days to once in two
+weeks is quite sufficient for perfect
+health. The gross feeders who eat from
+three to ten times as much as can be
+utilized in their systems have a great
+amount of waste to eliminate; but if
+you live in the manner we have described
+it will be otherwise with you.</p>
+
+<p>If you eat only when you have an
+EARNED HUNGER, and chew every
+mouthful to a liquid, and if you stop
+eating the instant you BEGIN to be conscious
+of an abatement of your hunger,
+you will so perfectly prepare your food
+for digestion and assimilation that practically
+all of it will be taken up by the
+absorbents; and there will be little&mdash;almost
+nothing&mdash;remaining in the
+bowels to be excreted. If you are able<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 147]</span>
+to entirely banish from your memory all
+that you have read in "doctor books"
+and patent medicine advertisements
+concerning constipation, you need give
+the matter no further thought at all.
+The Principle of Health will take care
+of it.</p>
+
+<p>But if your mind has been filled with
+fear-thought in regard to constipation,
+it may be well in the beginning for you
+to occasionally flush the colon with
+warm water. There is not the least
+need of doing it, except to make the
+process of your mental emancipation
+from fear a little easier; it may be worth
+while for that. And as soon as you see
+that you are making good progress, and
+that you have cut down your quantity
+of food, and are really eating in the Scientific
+Way, dismiss constipation from
+your mind forever; you have nothing
+more to do with it. Put your trust in
+that Principle within you which has the
+power to give you perfect health; relate
+It by your reverent gratitude to the<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 148]</span>
+Principle of Life which is All Power,
+and go on your way rejoicing.</p>
+
+<p>What about exercise?</p>
+
+<p>Every one is the better for a little all-round
+use of the muscles every day; and
+the best way to get this is to do it by
+engaging in some form of play or amusement.
+Get your exercise in the natural
+way; as recreation, not as a forced stunt
+for health's sake alone. Ride a horse
+or a bicycle; play tennis or tenpins, or
+toss a ball. Have some avocation like
+gardening in which you can spend an
+hour every day with pleasure and profit;
+there are a thousand ways in which you
+can get exercise enough to keep your
+body supple and your circulation good,
+and yet not fall into the rut of "exercising
+for your health." Exercise for fun
+or profit; exercise because you are too
+healthy to sit still, and not because you
+wish to become healthy, or to remain so.</p>
+
+<p>Are long continued fasts necessary?</p>
+
+<p>Seldom, if ever. The Principle of
+Health does not often require twenty,<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 149]</span>
+thirty, or forty days to get ready for
+action; under normal conditions, hunger
+will come in much less time. In most
+long fasts, the reason hunger does not
+come sooner is because it has been inhibited
+by the patient himself. He begins
+the fast with the FEAR if not actually
+with the hope that it will be many days
+before hunger comes; the literature he
+has read on the subject has prepared him
+to expect a long fast, and he is grimly
+determined to go to a finish, let the time
+be as long as it will. And the sub-conscious
+mind, under the influence of powerful
+and positive suggestion, suspends
+hunger.</p>
+
+<p>When, for any reason, nature takes
+away your hunger, go cheerfully on
+with your usual work, and do not eat
+until she gives it back. No matter if
+it is two, three, ten days, or longer; you
+may be perfectly sure that when it is
+time for you to eat you will be hungry;
+and if you are cheerfully confident and
+keep your faith in health, you will suffer<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 150]</span>
+from no weakness or discomfort caused
+by abstinence. When you are not hungry,
+you will feel stronger, happier, and
+more comfortable if you do not eat than
+you will if you do eat; no matter how
+long the fast. And if you live in the
+scientific way described in this book,
+you will never have to take long fasts;
+you will seldom miss a meal, and you
+will enjoy your meals more than ever
+before in your life. Get an earned hunger
+before you eat; and whenever you
+get an earned hunger, eat.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'>[Pg 151]</span></p>
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_XVII" id="CHAPTER_XVII"></a>CHAPTER XVII.</h2>
+
+<h2><span class="smcap">A Summary of the Science Of
+Being Well.</span></h2>
+
+
+<p>Health is perfectly natural
+functioning, normal
+living. There is a Principle
+of Life in the universe;
+it is the Living
+Substance, from which all things are
+made. This Living Substance permeates,
+penetrates, and fills the interspaces
+of the universe. In its invisible state
+it is in and through all forms; and yet
+all forms are made of it. To illustrate:
+Suppose that a very fine and highly diffusible
+aqueous vapor should permeate
+and penetrate a block of ice. The ice is
+formed from living water, and is living
+water in form; while the vapor is also
+living water, unformed, permeating a
+form made from itself. This illustration
+will explain how Living Substance<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 152]</span>
+permeates all forms made from It; all
+life comes from It; it is all the life
+there is.</p>
+
+<p>This Universal Substance is a thinking
+substance, and takes the form of
+its thought. The thought of a form,
+held by it, creates the form; and the
+thought of a motion causes the motion.
+It cannot help thinking, and so is forever
+creating; and it must move on
+toward fuller and more complete expression
+of itself. This means toward more
+complete life and more perfect functioning;
+and that means toward perfect
+health.</p>
+
+<p>The power of the living substance
+must always be exerted toward perfect
+health; it is a force in all things making
+for perfect functioning.</p>
+
+<p><i>All things are permeated by a power
+which makes for health.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>Man can relate himself to this power,
+and ally himself with it</i>; he can also
+separate himself from it in his thoughts.</p>
+
+<p><i>Man is a form of this Living Substance,</i>
+<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 153]</span><i>and has within him a Principle
+of Health.</i> This Principle of Health,
+when in full constructive activity, causes
+all the involuntary functions of man's
+body to be perfectly performed.</p>
+
+<p><i>Man is a thinking substance, permeating
+a visible body, and the processes
+of his body are controlled by his thought.</i></p>
+
+<p>When man thinks only thoughts of
+perfect health, the internal processes
+of his body will be those of perfect
+health. Man's first step toward perfect
+health must be to form a conception of
+himself as perfectly healthy, and as
+doing all things in the way and manner
+of a perfectly healthy person. Having
+formed this conception, he must relate
+himself to it in all his thoughts, and
+sever all thought relations with disease
+and weakness.</p>
+
+<p>If he does this, and thinks his thoughts
+of health with positive FAITH, man
+will cause the Principle of Health within
+him to become constructively active, and
+to heal all his diseases. He can receive<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 154]</span>
+additional power from the universal
+Principle of Life by faith, and he can
+acquire faith by looking to this Principle
+of Life with reverent gratitude for the
+health it gives him. If man will consciously
+accept the health which is being
+continually given to him by the Living
+Substance, and if he will be duly grateful
+therefor, he will develop faith.</p>
+
+<p>Man cannot think only thoughts of
+perfect health unless he performs the
+voluntary functions of life in a perfectly
+healthy manner. These voluntary functions
+are eating, drinking, breathing,
+and sleeping. If man thinks only
+thoughts of health, has faith in health,
+and eats, drinks, breathes, and sleeps
+in a perfectly healthy way, he must have
+perfect health.</p>
+
+<p>Health is the result of thinking and
+acting in a Certain Way; and if a sick
+man begins to think and act in this
+Way, the Principle of Health within
+him will come into constructive activity
+and heal all his diseases. This Princi<span class='pagenum'>[Pg 155]</span>ple
+of Heath is the same in all, and is
+related to the Life Principle of the universe;
+it is able to heal every disease,
+and will come into activity whenever
+man thinks and acts in accordance with
+the Science of Being Well. Therefore,
+every man can attain to perfect health.</p>
+
+
+<hr />
+<div class="bbox">
+<h2>THE SCIENCE OF BEING WELL<br />
+<small>AND</small><br />
+GETTING RICH RIGHT</h2>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>Is further elucidated in <span class="smcap">The Nautilus Magazine</span>,
+published monthly for the express purpose of Making
+The Man And Woman Who Can Do What They Will
+To Do. It abounds in practical ideas and in the bright
+inspiration that impels you to <i>use</i> the ideas. Use it as
+first aid!</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">The Nautilus</span> teaches and inspires Health, Wealth,
+and Happiness in all departments of life.</p>
+
+<p>Wallace D. Wattles who wrote this book teaches
+Constructive Science in every number of the magazine.
+How to think so as to promote yourself in Health and
+Success is what you want to know. He teaches it!</p>
+
+<p>Elizabeth Towne and William E. Towne teach it, too.
+They are the editors and owners of <span class="smcap">The Nautilus</span>, and
+their success is worth knowing about and learning
+from.</p>
+
+<p>There are many splendid contributors to <span class="smcap">The Nautilus</span>&mdash;Ella
+Wheeler Wilcox, Edwin Markham, Thomas
+Drier, Adelaide Keen, Grace MacGowan Cooke, and
+Florence Morse Kingsley among them. Get in touch
+with Health and Success, and with Happy and Successful
+people through <span class="smcap">The Nautilus</span>.</p>
+
+<p>There is a Family Counsel Department where Elizabeth
+Towne answers personal problems for those who
+ask. In the Success Department everybody is invited
+to say his say, and prizes are given for best letters.</p>
+
+<p>Don't miss Wallace D. Wattles' great new serial
+story "As a Grain of Mustard Seed" which begins in
+an early number of the magazine.</p>
+
+<p>Send $1.00 for a year's subscription to <span class="smcap">The Nautilus</span>,
+with a copy of "Making The Man Who Can" and
+"Marital Unrest: a New Remedy," both by Wallace
+D. Wattles. Or, send 10 cents for a 3 months' trial,
+and a copy of "Marital Unrest."</p>
+
+<hr style='width: 45%;' />
+
+<p><small>Do you want more books on Health and Success? Read Wallace D.
+Wattles' "Science of Getting Rich," and Bruce McClelland's "Prosperity
+Through Thought Force," to which Ella Wheeler Wilcox gave
+nearly a page of space in the New York Journal; and read "Health
+and Wealth from Within," by William E. Towne and "Practical
+Methods for Self-Development" by Elizabeth Towne. Price of these
+books, $1.00 each, all 4 for $3.50. And don't you want to read Wallace
+D. Wattles' "New Science of Living and Healing," price 50 cents?
+</small></p>
+
+<p class="regards">Address, ELIZABETH TOWNE,</p>
+
+<p class="author">DEPT. TH, HOLYOKE, MASS.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Science of Being Well, by
+Wallace Delois Wattles
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE SCIENCE OF BEING WELL ***
+
+***** This file should be named 33917-h.htm or 33917-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ http://www.gutenberg.org/3/3/9/1/33917/
+
+Produced by Norbert H. Langkau, Jana Srna and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
+book was produced from scanned images of public domain
+material from the Google Print project.)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/33917-h/images/front.jpg b/33917-h/images/front.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d09acde
--- /dev/null
+++ b/33917-h/images/front.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/33917.txt b/33917.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5a7da8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/33917.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,2930 @@
+Project Gutenberg's The Science of Being Well, by Wallace Delois Wattles
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Science of Being Well
+
+Author: Wallace Delois Wattles
+
+Release Date: October 18, 2010 [EBook #33917]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE SCIENCE OF BEING WELL ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Norbert H. Langkau, Jana Srna and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
+book was produced from scanned images of public domain
+material from the Google Print project.)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ [Illustration:
+ Very Truly Yours
+ W D Wattles]
+
+
+
+ THE
+ SCIENCE OF
+ BEING WELL
+
+ BY
+ WALLACE D. WATTLES
+
+ Author of "The Science of Getting Rich,"
+ etc.
+
+ PRICE, $1.00
+
+ PUBLISHED BY
+ ELIZABETH TOWNE
+ HOLYOKE, MASS.
+ 1910
+
+
+
+ COPYRIGHT, SEPTEMBER, 1910
+ BY
+ WALLACE D. WATTLES
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+
+ PAGE
+ PREFACE 5
+ I. THE PRINCIPLE OF HEALTH 9
+ II. THE FOUNDATION OF FAITH 17
+ III. LIFE AND ITS ORGANISMS 27
+ IV. WHAT TO THINK 35
+ V. FAITH 46
+ VI. USE OF THE WILL 56
+ VII. HEALTH FROM GOD 65
+ VIII. SUMMARY OF THE MENTAL ACTIONS 74
+ IX. WHEN TO EAT 80
+ X. WHAT TO EAT 89
+ XI. HOW TO EAT 99
+ XII. HUNGER AND APPETITES 108
+ XIII. IN A NUTSHELL 116
+ XIV. BREATHING 125
+ XV. SLEEP 133
+ XVI. SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS 139
+ XVII. A SUMMARY OF THE SCIENCE OF BEING WELL 151
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE.
+
+
+This volume is the second of a series, the first of which is "THE
+SCIENCE OF GETTING RICH." As that book is intended solely for those who
+want money, so this is for those who want health, and who want a
+practical guide and handbook, not a philosophical treatise. It is an
+instructor in the use of the universal Principle of Life, and my effort
+has been to explain the way in so plain and simple a fashion that the
+reader, though he may have given no previous study to New Thought or
+metaphysics, may readily follow it to perfect health. While retaining
+all essentials, I have carefully eliminated all non-essentials; I have
+used no technical, abstruse, or difficult language, and have kept the
+one point in view at all times.
+
+As its title asserts, the book deals with science, not speculation. The
+monistic theory of the universe--the theory that matter, mind,
+consciousness, and life are all manifestations of one Substance--is now
+accepted by most thinkers; and if you accept this theory, you cannot
+deny the logical conclusions you will find herein. Best of all, the
+methods of thought and action prescribed have been tested by the author
+in his own case, and in the case of hundreds of others during twelve
+years of practice, with continuous and unfailing success. I can say of
+the Science of Being Well that it works; and that wherever its laws are
+complied with, it can no more fail to work than the science of geometry
+can fail to work. If the tissues of your body have not been so destroyed
+that continued life is impossible, you can get well; and if you will
+think and act in a Certain Way, you will get well.
+
+If the reader wishes to fully understand the monistic theory of the
+cosmos, he is recommended to read Hegel and Emerson; to read also "The
+Eternal News," a pamphlet by J. J. Brown, 300 Cathcart Road, Govanhill,
+Glasgow, Scotland. Some enlightenment may also be found in a series of
+articles by the author, which were published in _The Nautilus_, Holyoke,
+Mass., during the year 1909, under the title, "What Is Truth?"
+
+Those who wish more detailed information as to the performance of the
+voluntary functions--eating, drinking, breathing, and sleeping--may read
+"New Science of Living and Healing," "Letters to a Woman's Husband," and
+"The Constructive Use of Foods," booklets by W. D. Wattles, which may be
+obtained from the publishers of this book. I would also recommend the
+writings of Horace Fletcher, and of Edward Hooker Dewey. Read all these,
+if you like, as a sort of buttress to your faith; but let me warn you
+against making the mistake of studying many conflicting theories, and
+practicing, at the same time, parts of several different "systems"; for
+if you get well, it must be by giving your WHOLE MIND to the _right_ way
+of thinking and living. Remember that the SCIENCE OF BEING WELL claims
+to be a complete and sufficient guide in every particular. Concentrate
+upon the way of thinking and acting it prescribes, and follow it in
+every detail, and you will get well; or if you are already well, you
+will remain so. Trusting that you will go on until the priceless
+blessing of perfect health is yours, I remain,
+
+ Very truly yours,
+
+ WALLACE D. WATTLES.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+THE PRINCIPLE OF HEALTH.
+
+
+In the personal application of the Science of Being Well, as in that of
+the Science of Getting Rich, certain fundamental truths must be known in
+the beginning, and accepted without question. Some of these truths we
+state here:--
+
+The perfectly natural performance of function constitutes health; and
+the perfectly natural performance of function results from the natural
+action of the Principle of Life. There is a Principle of Life in the
+universe; it is the One Living Substance from which all things are made.
+This Living Substance permeates, penetrates, and fills the interspaces
+of the universe; it is in and through all things, like a very refined
+and diffusible ether. All life comes from it; its life is all the life
+there is.
+
+Man is a form of this Living Substance, and has within him a Principle
+of Health. (The word Principle is used as meaning source.) The Principle
+of Health in man, when in full constructive activity, causes all the
+voluntary functions of his life to be perfectly performed.
+
+It is the Principle of Health in man which really works all healing, no
+matter what "system" or "remedy" is employed; and this Principle of
+Health is brought into Constructive Activity by thinking in a Certain
+Way.
+
+I proceed now to prove this last statement. We all know that cures are
+wrought by all the different, and often opposite, methods employed in
+the various branches of the healing art. The allopath, who gives a
+strong dose of a counter-poison, cures his patient; and the homeopath,
+who gives a diminutive dose of the poison most similar to that of the
+disease, also cures it. If allopathy ever cured any given disease, it is
+certain that homeopathy never cured that disease; and if homeopathy ever
+cured an ailment, allopathy could not possibly cure that ailment. The
+two systems are radically opposite in theory and practice; and yet both
+"cure" most diseases. And even the remedies used by physicians in any
+one school are not the same. Go with a case of indigestion to half a
+dozen doctors, and compare their prescriptions; it is more than likely
+that none of the ingredients of any one of them will be in the others.
+Must we not conclude that their patients are healed by a Principle of
+Health within themselves, and not by something in the varying
+"remedies"?
+
+Not only this, but we find the same ailments cured by the osteopath with
+manipulations of the spine; by the faith healer with prayer, by the food
+scientist with bills of fare, by the Christian Scientist with a
+formulated creed statement, by the mental scientist with affirmation,
+and by the hygienists with differing plans of living. What conclusion
+can we come to in the face of all these facts but that there is a
+Principle of Health which is the same in all people, and which really
+accomplishes all the cures; and that there is something in all the
+"systems" which, under favorable conditions, arouses the Principle of
+Health to action? That is, medicines, manipulations, prayers, bills of
+fare, affirmations, and hygienic practices cure whenever they cause the
+Principle of Health to become active; and fail whenever they do not
+cause it to become active. Does not all this indicate that the results
+depend upon the way the patient thinks about the remedy, rather than
+upon the ingredients in the prescription?
+
+There is an old story which furnishes so good an illustration on this
+point that I will give it here. It is said that in the middle ages, the
+bones of a saint, kept in one of the monasteries, were working miracles
+of healing; on certain days a great crowd of the afflicted gathered to
+touch the relics, and all who did so were healed. On the eve of one of
+these occasions, some sacrilegious rascal gained access to the case in
+which the wonder-working relics were kept and stole the bones; and in
+the morning, with the usual crowd of sufferers waiting at the gates, the
+fathers found themselves shorn of the source of the miracle-working
+power. They resolved to keep the matter quiet, hoping that by doing so
+they might find the thief and recover their treasures; and hastening to
+the cellar of the convent they dug up the bones of a murderer, who had
+been buried there many years before. These they placed in the case,
+intending to make some plausible excuse for the failure of the saint to
+perform his usual miracles on that day; and then they let in the waiting
+assemblage of the sick and infirm. To the intense astonishment of those
+in the secret, the bones of the malefactor proved as efficacious as
+those of the saint; and the healing went on as before. One of the
+fathers is said to have left a history of the occurrence, in which he
+confessed that, in his judgment, the healing power had been in the
+people themselves all the time, and never in the bones at all.
+
+Whether the story is true or not, the conclusion applies to all the
+cures wrought by all the systems. The Power that Heals is in the patient
+himself; and whether it shall become active or not does not depend upon
+the physical or mental means used, but upon the way the patient thinks
+about these means. There is a Universal Principle of Life, as Jesus
+taught; a great spiritual Healing Power; and there is a Principle of
+Health in man which is related to this Healing Power. This is dormant or
+active, according to the way a man thinks. He can always quicken it into
+activity by thinking in a Certain Way.
+
+Your getting well does not depend upon the adoption of some system, or
+the finding of some remedy; people with your identical ailments have
+been healed by all systems and all remedies. It does not depend upon
+climate; some people are well and others are sick in all climates. It
+does not depend upon avocation, unless in case of those who work under
+poisonous conditions; people are well in all trades and professions.
+Your getting well depends upon your beginning to think--and act--in a
+Certain Way.
+
+The way a man thinks about things is determined by what he believes
+about them. His thoughts are determined by his faith, and the results
+depend upon his making a personal application of his faith. If a man has
+faith in the efficacy of a medicine, and is able to apply that faith to
+himself, that medicine will certainly cause him to be cured; but though
+his faith be great, he will not be cured unless he applies it to
+himself. Many sick people have faith for others but none for
+themselves. So, if he has faith in a system of diet, and can personally
+apply that faith, it will cure him; and if he has faith in prayers and
+affirmations and personally applies his faith, prayers and affirmations
+will cure him. Faith, personally applied, cures; and no matter how great
+the faith or how persistent the thought, it will not cure without
+personal application. The Science of Being Well, then, includes the two
+fields of thought and action. To be well it is not enough that man
+should merely think in a Certain Way; he must apply his thought to
+himself, and he must express and externalize it in his outward life by
+acting in the same way that he thinks.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+THE FOUNDATIONS OF FAITH.
+
+
+Before man can think in the Certain Way which will cause his diseases to
+be healed, he must believe in certain truths which are here stated:--
+
+All things are made from one Living Substance, which, in its original
+state, permeates, penetrates, and fills the interspaces of the universe.
+While all visible things are made from It, yet this Substance, in its
+first formless condition is in and through all the visible forms that It
+has made. Its life is in All, and its intelligence is in All.
+
+This Substance creates by thought, and its method is by taking the form
+of that which it thinks about. The thought of a form held by this
+substance causes it to assume that form; the thought of a motion causes
+it to institute that motion. Forms are created by this substance in
+moving itself into certain attitudes or positions. When Original
+Substance wishes to create a given form, it thinks of the motions which
+will produce that form. When it wishes to create a world, it thinks of
+the motions, perhaps extending through ages, which will result in its
+coming into the attitude and form of the world; and these motions are
+made. When it wishes to create an oak tree, it thinks of the sequences
+of movement, perhaps extending through ages, which will result in the
+form of an oak tree; and these motions are made. The particular
+sequences of motion by which differing forms should be produced were
+established in the beginning; they are changeless. Certain motions
+instituted in the Formless Substance will forever produce certain forms.
+
+Man's body is formed from the Original Substance, and is the result of
+certain motions, which first existed as thoughts of Original Substance.
+The motions which produce, renew, and repair the body of man are called
+functions, and these functions are of two classes: voluntary and
+involuntary. The involuntary functions are under the control of the
+Principle of Health in man, and are performed in a perfectly healthy
+manner so long as man thinks in a certain way. The voluntary functions
+of life are eating, drinking, breathing, and sleeping. These, entirely
+or in part, are under the direction of man's conscious mind; and he can
+perform them in a perfectly healthy way if he will. If he does not
+perform them in a healthy way, he cannot long be well. So we see that if
+man thinks in a certain way, and eats, drinks, breathes, and sleeps in a
+corresponding way, he will be well.
+
+The involuntary functions of man's life are under the direct control of
+the Principle of Health, and so long as man thinks in a perfectly
+healthy way, these functions are perfectly performed; for the action of
+the Principle of Health is largely directed by man's conscious thought,
+affecting his sub-conscious mind.
+
+Man is a thinking center, capable of originating thought; and as he does
+not know everything, he makes mistakes and thinks error. Not knowing
+everything, he believes things to be true which are not true. Man holds
+in his thought the idea of diseased and abnormal functioning and
+conditions, and so perverts the action of the Principle of Health,
+causing diseased and abnormal functioning and conditions within his own
+body. In the Original Substance there are held only the thoughts of
+perfect motion; perfect and healthy function; complete life. God never
+thinks disease or imperfection. But for countless ages men have held
+thoughts of disease, abnormality, old age, and death; and the perverted
+functioning resulting from these thoughts has become a part of the
+inheritance of the race. Our ancestors have, for many generations, held
+imperfect ideas concerning human form and functioning; and we begin life
+with racial sub-conscious impressions of imperfection and disease.
+
+This is not natural, or a part of the plan of nature. The purpose of
+nature can be nothing else than the perfection of life. This we see from
+the very nature of life itself. It is the nature of life to continually
+advance toward more perfect living; advancement is the inevitable result
+of the very act of living. Increase is always the result of active
+living; whatever lives must live more and more. The seed, lying in the
+granary, has life, but it is not living. Put it into the soil and it
+becomes active, and at once begins to gather to itself from the
+surrounding substance, and to build a plant form. It will so cause
+increase that a seed head will be produced containing thirty, sixty, or
+a hundred seeds, each having as much life as the first.
+
+Life, by living, increases.
+
+Life cannot live without increasing, and the fundamental impulse of life
+is to live. It is in response to this fundamental impulse that Original
+Substance works, and creates. God must live; and he cannot live except
+as he creates and increases. In multiplying forms, He is moving on to
+live more.
+
+The universe is a Great Advancing Life, and the purpose of nature is the
+advancement of life toward perfection; toward perfect functioning. The
+purpose of nature is perfect health.
+
+The purpose of Nature, so far as man is concerned, is that he should be
+continuously advancing into more life, and progressing toward perfect
+life; and that he should live the most complete life possible in his
+present sphere of action.
+
+This must be so, because That which lives in man is seeking more life.
+
+Give a little child a pencil and paper, and he begins to draw crude
+figures; That which lives in him is trying to express Itself in art.
+Give him a set of blocks, and he will try to build something; That which
+lives in him is seeking expression in architecture. Seat him at a piano,
+and he will try to draw harmony from the keys; That which lives in him
+is trying to express Itself in music. That which lives in man is always
+seeking to live more; and since man lives most when he is well, the
+Principle of Nature in him can seek only health. The natural state of
+man is a state of perfect health; and everything in him, and in nature,
+tends toward health.
+
+Sickness can have no place in the thought of Original Substance, for it
+is by its own nature continually impelled toward the fullest and most
+perfect life; therefore, toward health. Man, as he exists in the thought
+of the Formless Substance, has perfect health. Disease, which is
+abnormal or perverted function--motion imperfectly made, or made in the
+direction of imperfect life--has no place in the thought of the Thinking
+Stuff.
+
+The Supreme Mind never thinks of disease. Disease was not created or
+ordained by God, or sent forth from him. It is wholly a product of
+separate consciousness; of the individual thought of man. God, the
+Formless Substance, does not see disease, think disease, know disease,
+or recognize disease. Disease is recognized only by the thought of man;
+God thinks nothing but health.
+
+From all the foregoing, we see that health is _a fact_ or TRUTH in the
+original substance from which we are all formed; and that disease is
+imperfect functioning, resulting from the imperfect thoughts of men,
+past and present. If man's thoughts of himself had always been those of
+perfect health, man could not possibly now be otherwise than perfectly
+healthy.
+
+Man in perfect health is the thought of Original Substance, and man in
+imperfect health is the result of his own failure to think perfect
+health, and to perform the voluntary functions of life in a healthy way.
+We will here arrange in a syllabus the basic truths of the Science of
+Being Well:--
+
+ _There is a Thinking Substance from which all things are made,
+ and which, in its original state, permeates, penetrates, and
+ fills the interspaces of the universe. It is the life of All._
+
+ _The thought of a form in this Substance causes the form; the
+ thought of a motion produces the motion. In relation to man,
+ the thoughts of this Substance are always of perfect
+ functioning and perfect health._
+
+ _Man is a thinking center, capable of original thought; and his
+ thought has power over his own functioning. By thinking
+ imperfect thoughts he has caused imperfect and perverted
+ functioning; and by performing the voluntary functions of life
+ in a perverted manner, he has assisted in causing disease._
+
+ _If man will think only thoughts of perfect health, he can
+ cause within himself the functioning of perfect health; all the
+ Power of Life will be exerted to assist him. But this healthy
+ functioning will not continue unless man performs the external,
+ or voluntary, functions of living in a healthy manner._
+
+ _Man's first step must be to learn how to think perfect health;
+ and his second step to learn how to eat, drink, breathe, and
+ sleep in a perfectly healthy way. If man takes these two steps,
+ he will certainly become well, and remain so._
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+LIFE AND ITS ORGANISMS.
+
+
+The human body is the abiding place of an energy which renews it when
+worn; which eliminates waste or poisonous matter, and which repairs the
+body when broken or injured. This energy we call life. Life is not
+generated or produced within the body; _it produces the body_.
+
+The seed which has been kept in the storehouse for years will grow when
+planted in the soil; it will produce a plant. But the life in the plant
+is not generated by its growing; it is the life which makes the plant
+grow.
+
+The performance of function does not cause life; it is life which causes
+function to be performed. Life is first; function afterward.
+
+It is life which distinguishes organic from inorganic matter, but it is
+not produced after the organization of matter.
+
+Life is the principle or force which causes organization; it builds
+organisms.
+
+It is a principle or force inherent in Original Substance; all life is
+One.
+
+This Life Principle of the All is the Principle of Health in man, and
+becomes constructively active whenever man thinks in a certain way.
+Whoever, therefore, thinks in this Certain Way will surely have perfect
+health if his external functioning is in conformity with his thought.
+But the external functioning must conform to the thought; man cannot
+hope to be well by thinking health, if he eats, drinks, breathes, and
+sleeps like a sick man.
+
+The universal Life Principle, then, is the Principle of Health in man.
+It is one with original substance. There is one Original Substance from
+which all things are made; this substance is alive, and its life is the
+Principle of Life of the universe. This Substance has created from
+itself all the forms of organic life by thinking them, or by thinking
+the motions and functions which produce them.
+
+Original Substance thinks only health, because It knows all truth; there
+is no truth which is not known in the Formless, which is All, and in
+all. It not only knows all truth, but it has all power; its vital power
+is the source of all the energy there is. A conscious life which knows
+all truth and which has all power cannot go wrong or perform function
+imperfectly; knowing all, it knows, too much to go wrong, and so the
+Formless cannot be diseased or think disease.
+
+Man is a form of this original substance, and has a separate
+consciousness of his own; but his consciousness is limited, and
+therefore imperfect. By reason of his limited knowledge man can and does
+think wrongly, and so he causes perverted and imperfect functioning in
+his own body. Man has not known too much to go wrong. The diseased or
+imperfect functioning may not instantly result from an imperfect
+thought, but it is bound to come if the thought becomes habitual. Any
+thought continuously held by man tends to the establishment of the
+corresponding condition in his body.
+
+Also, man has failed to learn how to perform the voluntary functions of
+his life in a healthy way. He does not know when, what, and how to eat;
+he knows little about breathing, and less about sleep. He does all these
+things in a wrong way, and under wrong conditions; and this because he
+has neglected to follow the only sure guide to the knowledge of life. He
+has tried to live by logic rather than by instinct; he has made living a
+matter of art, and not of nature. And he has gone wrong.
+
+His only remedy is to begin to go right; and this he can surely do. It
+is the work of this book to teach the whole truth, so that the man who
+reads it shall know too much to go wrong.
+
+The thoughts of disease produce the forms of disease. Man must learn to
+think health; and being Original Substance which takes the form of its
+thoughts, he will become the form of health and manifest perfect health
+in all his functioning. The people who were healed by touching the bones
+of the saint were really healed by thinking in a certain way, and not by
+any power emanating from the relics. There is no healing power in the
+bones of dead men, whether they be those of saint or sinner.
+
+The people who were healed by the doses of either the allopath or the
+homeopath were also really healed by thinking in a certain way; there is
+no drug which has within itself the power to heal disease.
+
+The people who have been healed by prayers and affirmations were also
+healed by thinking in a certain way; there is no curative power in
+strings of words.
+
+All the sick who have been healed, by whatsoever "system," have thought
+in a certain way; and a little examination will show us what this way
+is.
+
+_The two essentials of the Way are Faith, and a Personal Application of
+the Faith._
+
+The people who touched the saint's bones had faith; and so great was
+their faith that in the instant they touched the relics they SEVERED ALL
+MENTAL RELATIONS WITH DISEASE, AND MENTALLY UNIFIED THEMSELVES WITH
+HEALTH.
+
+This change of mind was accompanied by an intense devotional FEELING
+which penetrated to the deepest recesses of their souls, and so aroused
+the Principle of Health to powerful action. By faith they claimed that
+they were healed, or appropriated health to themselves; and in full
+faith they ceased to think of themselves in connection with disease and
+thought of themselves only in connection with health.
+
+These are the two essentials to thinking in the Certain Way which will
+make you well: first, claim or appropriate health by faith; and, second,
+sever all mental relations with disease, and enter into mental relations
+with health. That which we make ourselves, mentally, we become
+physically; and that with which we unite ourselves mentally we become
+unified with physically. If your thought always relates you to disease,
+then your thought becomes a fixed power to cause disease within you; and
+if your thought always relates you to health, then your thought becomes
+a fixed power exerted to keep you well.
+
+In the case of the people who are healed by medicines, the result is
+obtained in the same way. They have, consciously or unconsciously,
+sufficient faith in the means used to cause them to sever mental
+relations with disease and enter into mental relations with health.
+Faith may be unconscious. It is possible for us to have a sub-conscious
+or inbred faith in things like medicine, in which we do not believe to
+any extent objectively; and this sub-conscious faith may be quite
+sufficient to quicken the Principle of Health into constructive
+activity. Many who have little conscious faith are healed in this way;
+while many others who have great faith in the means are not healed
+because they do not make the personal application to themselves; their
+faith is general, but not specific for their own cases.
+
+In the Science of Being Well we have two main points to consider: first,
+how to think with faith; and, second, how to so apply the thought to
+ourselves as to quicken the Principle of Health into constructive
+activity. We begin by learning What to Think.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+WHAT TO THINK.
+
+
+In order to sever all mental relations with disease, you must enter into
+mental relations with health, making the process positive not negative;
+one of assumption, not of rejection. You are to receive or appropriate
+health rather than to reject and deny disease. Denying disease
+accomplishes next to nothing; it does little good to cast out the devil
+and leave the house vacant, for he will presently return with others
+worse than himself. When you enter into full and constant mental
+relations with health, you must of necessity cease all relationship with
+disease. The first step in the Science of Being Well is, then, to enter
+into complete thought connection with health.
+
+The best way to do this is to form a mental image or picture of
+yourself as being well, imagining a perfectly strong and healthy body;
+and to spend sufficient time in contemplating this image to make it your
+habitual thought of yourself.
+
+This is not so easy as it sounds; it necessitates the taking of
+considerable time for meditation, and not all persons have the imaging
+faculty well enough developed to form a distinct mental picture of
+themselves in a perfect or idealized body. It is much easier, as in "The
+Science of Getting Rich," to form a mental image of the things one wants
+to have; for we have seen these things, or their counterparts, and know
+how they look; we can picture them very easily from memory. But we have
+never seen ourselves in a perfect body, and a _clear_ mental image is
+hard to form.
+
+It is not necessary or essential, however, to have a clear mental image
+of yourself as you wish to be; it is only essential to form a CONCEPTION
+of perfect health, and to relate yourself to it. This Conception of
+Health is not a mental picture of a particular thing; it is an
+understanding of health, and carries with it the idea of perfect
+functioning in every part and organ.
+
+You may TRY to picture yourself as perfect in physique; that helps; and
+you MUST _think of yourself as doing everything in the manner of a
+perfectly strong and healthy person_. You can picture yourself as
+walking down the street with an erect body and a vigorous stride; you
+can picture yourself as doing your day's work easily and with surplus
+vigor, never tired or weak; you can picture in your mind how all things
+would be done by a person full of health and power, and you can make
+yourself the central figure in the picture, doing things in just that
+way. Never think of the ways in which weak or sickly people do things;
+always think of the way strong people do things. Spend your leisure time
+in thinking about the Strong Way, until you have a good conception of
+it; and always think of yourself in connection with the Strong Way of
+Doing Things. That is what I mean by having a Conception of Health.
+
+In order to establish perfect functioning in every part, man does not
+have to study anatomy or physiology, so that he can form a mental image
+of each separate organ and address himself to it. He does not have to
+"treat" his liver, his kidneys, his stomach, or his heart. There is one
+Principle of Health in man, which has control over all the involuntary
+functions of his life; and the thought of perfect health, impressed upon
+this Principle, will reach each part and organ. Man's liver is not
+controlled by a liver-principle, his stomach by a digestive principle,
+and so on; the Principle of Health is One.
+
+The less you go into the detailed study of physiology, the better for
+you. Our knowledge of this science is very imperfect, and leads to
+imperfect thought. Imperfect thought causes imperfect functioning,
+which is disease. Let me illustrate: Until quite recently, physiology
+fixed ten days as the extreme limit of man's endurance without food; it
+was considered that only in exceptional cases could he survive a longer
+fast. So the impression became universally disseminated that one who was
+deprived of food must die in from five to ten days; and numbers of
+people, when cut off from food by shipwreck, accident, or famine, did
+die within this period. But the performances of Dr. Tanner, the
+forty-day faster, and the writings of Dr. Dewey and others on the
+fasting cure, together with the experiments of numberless people who
+have fasted from forty to sixty days, have shown that man's ability to
+live without food is vastly greater than had been supposed. Any person,
+properly educated, can fast from twenty to forty days with little loss
+in weight, and often with no apparent loss of strength at all. The
+people who starved to death in ten days or less did so because they
+believed that death was inevitable; an erroneous physiology had given
+them a wrong thought about themselves. When a man is deprived of food he
+will die in from ten to fifty days, according to the way he has been
+taught; or, in other words, according to the way he thinks about it. So
+you see that an erroneous physiology can work very mischievous results.
+
+No Science of Being Well can be founded on current physiology; it is not
+sufficiently exact in its knowledge. With all its pretensions,
+comparatively little is really known as to the interior workings and
+processes of the body. It is not known just how food is digested; it is
+not known just what part food plays, if any, in the generation of force.
+It is not known exactly what the liver, spleen, and pancreas are for, or
+what part their secretions play in the chemistry of assimilation. On all
+these and most other points we theorize, but we do not really know.
+When man begins to study physiology, he enters the domain of theory and
+disputation; he comes among conflicting opinions, and he is bound to
+form mistaken ideas concerning himself. These mistaken ideas lead to the
+thinking of wrong thoughts, and this leads to perverted functioning and
+disease. All that the most perfect knowledge of physiology could do for
+man would be to enable him to think only thoughts of perfect health, and
+to eat, drink, breathe, and sleep in a perfectly healthy way; and this,
+as we shall show, he can do without studying physiology at all.
+
+This, for the most part, is true of all hygiene. There are certain
+fundamental propositions which we should know; and these will be
+explained in later chapters, but aside from these propositions, ignore
+physiology and hygiene. They tend to fill your mind with thoughts of
+imperfect conditions, and these thoughts will produce the imperfect
+conditions in your own body. You cannot study any "science" which
+recognizes disease, if you are to think nothing but health.
+
+_Drop all investigation as to your present condition, its causes, or
+possible results, and set yourself to the work of forming a conception
+of health._
+
+Think about health and the possibilities of health; of the work that may
+be done and the pleasures that may be enjoyed in a condition of perfect
+health. Then make this conception your guide in thinking of yourself;
+refuse to entertain for an instant any thought of yourself which is not
+in harmony with it. When any idea of disease or imperfect functioning
+enters your mind, cast it out instantly by calling up a thought which is
+in harmony with the Conception of Health.
+
+Think of yourself at all times as realizing conception; as being a
+strong and perfectly healthy personage; and do not harbor a contrary
+thought.
+
+KNOW that as you think of yourself in unity with this conception, the
+Original Substance which permeates and fills the tissues of your body is
+taking form according to the thought; and know that this Intelligent
+Substance or mind stuff will cause function to be performed in such a
+way that your body will be rebuilt with perfectly healthy cells.
+
+The Intelligent Substance, from which all things are made, permeates and
+penetrates all things; and so it is in and through your body. It moves
+according to its thoughts; and so if you hold only the thoughts of
+perfectly healthy function, it will cause the movements of perfectly
+healthy function within you.
+
+Hold with persistence to the thought of perfect health in relation to
+yourself; do not permit yourself to think in any other way. Hold this
+thought with perfect faith that it is the fact, the truth. It is the
+truth so far as your mental body is concerned. You have a mind-body and
+a physical body; the mind-body takes form just as you think of yourself,
+and any thought which you hold continuously is made visible by the
+transformation of the physical body into its image. Implanting the
+thought of perfect functioning in the mind-body will, in due time, cause
+perfect functioning in the physical body.
+
+The transformation of the physical body into the image of the ideal
+held by the mind-body is not accomplished instantaneously; we cannot
+transfigure our physical bodies at will as Jesus did. In the creation
+and recreation of forms, Substance moves along the fixed lines of growth
+it has established; and the impression upon it of the health thought
+causes the healthy body to be built cell by cell. Holding only thoughts
+of perfect health will ultimately cause perfect functioning; and perfect
+functioning will in due time produce a perfectly healthy body. It may be
+as well to condense this chapter into a syllabus:--
+
+ _Your physical body is permeated and fitted with an Intelligent
+ Substance, which forms a body of mind-stuff. This mind-stuff
+ controls the functioning of your physical body. A thought of
+ disease or of imperfect function, impressed upon the mind-stuff,
+ causes disease or imperfect functioning in the physical body.
+ If you are diseased, it is because wrong thoughts have made
+ impressions on this mind-stuff; these may have been either your
+ own thoughts or those of your parents; we begin life with many
+ sub-conscious impressions, both right and wrong. But the natural
+ tendency of all mind is toward health, and if no thoughts are
+ held in the conscious mind save those of health, all internal
+ functioning will come to be performed in a perfectly healthy
+ manner._
+
+ _The Power of Nature within you is sufficient to overcome all
+ hereditary impressions, and if you will learn to control your
+ thoughts, so that you shall think only those of health, and if
+ you will perform the voluntary functions of life in a perfectly
+ healthy way, you can certainly be well._
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+FAITH.
+
+
+The Principle of Health is moved by Faith; nothing else can call it into
+action, and only faith can enable you to relate yourself to health, and
+sever your relation with disease, in your thoughts.
+
+You will continue to think of disease unless you have faith in health.
+If you do not have faith you will doubt; if you doubt, you will fear;
+and if you fear, you will relate yourself in mind to that which you
+fear.
+
+If you fear disease, you will think of yourself in connection with
+disease; and that will produce within yourself the form and motions of
+disease. Just as Original Substance creates from itself the forms of its
+thoughts, so your mind-body, which is original substance, takes the
+form and motion of whatever you think about. If you fear disease, dread
+disease, have doubts about your safety from disease, or if you even
+contemplate disease, you will connect yourself with it and create its
+forms and motions within you.
+
+Let me enlarge somewhat upon this point. The potency, or creative power,
+of a thought is given to it _by the faith that is in it_.
+
+Thoughts which contain no faith create no forms.
+
+The Formless Substance, which knows all truth and therefore thinks only
+truth, has perfect faith in every thought, because it thinks only truth;
+and so all its thoughts create.
+
+But if you will imagine a thought in Formless Substance in which there
+was no faith, you will see that such a thought could not cause the
+Substance to move or take form.
+
+Keep in mind the fact that only those thoughts which are conceived in
+faith have creative energy. Only those thoughts which have faith with
+them are able to change function, or to quicken the Principle of Health
+into activity.
+
+If you do not have faith in health, you will certainly have faith in
+disease. If you do not have faith in health, it will do you no good to
+think about health, for your thoughts will have no potency, and will
+cause no change for the better in your conditions. If you do not have
+faith in health, I repeat, you will have faith in disease; and if, under
+such conditions, you think about health for ten hours a day, and think
+about disease for only a few minutes, the disease thought will control
+your condition because it will have the potency of faith, while the
+health thought will not. Your mind-body will take on the form and
+motions of disease and retain them, because your health thought will not
+have sufficient dynamic force to change form or motion.
+
+In order to practice the Science of Being Well, you must have complete
+faith in health.
+
+Faith begins in belief; and we now come to the question: _What must you
+believe in order to have faith in health?_
+
+You must believe that there is more health-power than disease-power in
+both yourself and your environment; and you cannot help believing this
+if you consider the facts. These are the facts:--
+
+ _There is a Thinking Substance from which all things are made,
+ and which, in its original state, permeates, penetrates, and
+ fills the interspaces of the universe._
+
+ _The thought of a form, in this Substance, produces the form;
+ the thought of a motion institutes the motion. In relation to
+ man, the thoughts of Original Substance are always of perfect
+ health and perfect functioning. This Substance, within and
+ without man, always exerts its power toward health._
+
+ _Man is a thinking center, capable of original thought. He has
+ a mind-body of Original Substance permeating a physical body;
+ and the functioning of his physical body is determined by the
+ FAITH of his mind-body. If man thinks with faith of the
+ functioning of health, he will cause his internal functions to
+ be performed in a healthy manner, provided that he performs the
+ external functions in a corresponding manner. But if man
+ thinks, with faith, of disease, or of the power of disease, he
+ will cause his internal functioning to be the functioning of
+ disease._
+
+ _The Original Intelligent Substance is in man, moving toward
+ health; and it is pressing upon him from every side. Man lives,
+ moves, and has his being in a limitless ocean of health-power;
+ and he uses this power according to his faith. If he
+ appropriates it and applies it to himself it is all his; and if
+ he unifies himself with it by unquestioning faith, he cannot
+ fail to attain health, for the power of this Substance is all
+ the power there is._
+
+A belief in the above statements is a foundation for faith in health. If
+you believe them, you believe that health is the natural state of man,
+and that man lives in the midst of Universal Health; that all the power
+of nature makes for health, and that health is possible to all, and can
+surely be attained by all. You will believe that the power of health in
+the universe is ten thousand times greater than that of disease; in
+fact, that disease has no power whatever, being only the result of
+perverted thought and faith. And if you believe that health is possible
+to you, and that it may surely be attained by you, and that you know
+exactly what to do in order to attain it, you will have faith in health.
+You will have this faith and knowledge if you read this book through
+with care and determine to believe in and practice its teachings.
+
+It is not merely the possession of faith, but the personal application
+of faith which works healing. You must claim health in the beginning,
+and form a conception of health, and, as far as may be, of yourself as a
+perfectly healthy person; and then, by faith, you must claim that you
+ARE REALIZING this conception.
+
+Do not assert with faith that you are going to get well; assert with
+faith that you ARE well.
+
+Having faith in health, and applying it to yourself, means having faith
+that you are healthy; _and the first step in this is to claim that it is
+the truth_.
+
+Mentally take the attitude of being well, and do not say anything or do
+anything which contradicts this attitude. Never speak a word or assume a
+physical attitude which does not harmonize with the claim: "I am
+perfectly well." When you walk, go with a brisk step, and with your
+chest thrown out and your head held up; watch that at all times your
+physical actions and attitudes are those of a healthy person. When you
+find that you have relapsed into the attitude of weakness or disease,
+change instantly; straighten up; think of health and power. Refuse to
+consider yourself as other than a perfectly healthy person.
+
+One great aid--perhaps the greatest aid--in applying your faith you will
+find in the exercise of gratitude.
+
+Whenever you think of yourself, or of your advancing condition, give
+thanks to the Great Intelligent Substance for the perfect health you are
+enjoying.
+
+Remember that, as Swedenborg taught, there is a continual inflow of life
+from the Supreme, which is received by all created things according to
+their forms; and by man according to his faith. Health from God is
+continually being urged upon you; and when you think of this, lift up
+your mind reverently to Him, and give thanks that you have been led to
+the Truth and into perfect health of mind and body. Be, all the time, in
+a grateful frame of mind, and let gratitude be evident in your speech.
+
+Gratitude will help you to own and control your own field of thought.
+
+Whenever the thought of disease is presented to you, instantly claim
+health, and thank God for the perfect health you have. Do this so that
+there shall be no room in your mind for a thought of ill. Every thought
+connected in any way with ill health is unwelcome, and you can close the
+door of your mind in its face by asserting that you are well, and by
+reverently thanking God that it is so. Soon the old thoughts will return
+no more.
+
+Gratitude has a twofold effect; it strengthens your own faith, and it
+brings you into close and harmonious relations with the Supreme. You
+believe that there is one Intelligent Substance from which all life and
+all power come; you believe that you receive your own life from this
+substance; and you relate yourself closely to It by feeling continuous
+gratitude. It is easy to see that the more closely you relate yourself
+to the Source of Life the more readily you may receive life from it; and
+it is easy also to see that your relation to It is a matter of mental
+attitude. We cannot come into physical relationship with God, for God is
+mind-stuff and we also are mind-stuff; our relation with Him must
+therefore be a mind relation. It is plain, then, that the man who feels
+deep and hearty gratitude will live in closer touch with God than the
+man who never looks up to Him in thankfulness. The ungrateful or
+unthankful mind really denies that it receives at all, and so cuts its
+connection with the Supreme. The grateful mind is always looking toward
+the Supreme, and is always open to receive from it; and it will receive
+continually.
+
+_The Principle of Health in man receives its vital power from the
+Principle of Life in the universe; and man relates himself to the
+Principle of Life by faith in health, and by gratitude for the health he
+receives._
+
+_Man may cultivate both faith and gratitude by the proper use of his
+will._
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+USE OF THE WILL.
+
+
+In the practice of the Science of Being Well the will is not used to
+compel yourself to go when you are not really able to go, or to do
+things when you are not physically strong enough to do them. You do not
+direct your will upon your physical body or try to compel the proper
+performance of internal function by will power.
+
+_You direct the will upon the mind, and use it in determining what you
+shall believe, what you shall think, and to what you shall give your
+attention._
+
+The will should never be used upon any person or thing external to you,
+and it should never be used upon your own body. The sole legitimate use
+of the will is in determining to what you shall give your attention, and
+what you shall think about the things to which your attention is given.
+
+All belief begins in the will to believe.
+
+You cannot always and instantly believe what you will to believe; but
+you can always will to believe what you want to believe. You want to
+believe truth about health, and you can will to do so. The statements
+you have been reading in this book are the truth about health, and you
+can will to believe them; this must be your first step toward getting
+well.
+
+These are the statements you must will to believe:--
+
+ _That there is a Thinking Substance from which all things are
+ made, and that man receives the Principle of Health, which is
+ his life, from this Substance._
+
+ _That man himself is Thinking Substance; a mind-body,
+ permeating a physical body, and that as man's thoughts are, so
+ will the functioning of his physical body be._
+
+ _That if man will think only thoughts of perfect health, he
+ must and will cause the internal and involuntary functioning of
+ his body to be the functioning of health, provided that his
+ external and voluntary functioning and attitude are in
+ accordance with his thoughts._
+
+When you will to believe these statements, you must also begin to act
+upon them. You cannot long retain a belief unless you act upon it; you
+cannot increase a belief until it becomes faith unless you act upon it;
+and you certainly cannot expect to reap benefits in any way from a
+belief so long as you act as if the opposite were true. You cannot long
+have faith in health if you continue to act like a sick person. If you
+continue to act like a sick person, you cannot help continuing to think
+of yourself as a sick person; and if you continue to think of yourself
+as a sick person, you will continue to be a sick person.
+
+The first step toward acting externally like a well person is to begin
+to act internally like a well person. Form your conception of perfect
+health, and get into the way of thinking about perfect health until it
+begins to have a definite meaning to you. Picture yourself as doing the
+things a strong and healthy person would do, and have faith that you can
+and will do those things in that way; continue this until you have a
+vivid CONCEPTION of health, and what it means to you. When I speak in
+this book of a conception of health, I mean a conception that carries
+with it the idea of the way a healthy person looks and does things.
+Think of yourself in connection with health until you form a conception
+of how you would live, appear, act, and do things as a perfectly healthy
+person. Think about yourself in connection with health until you
+conceive of yourself, in imagination, as always doing everything in the
+manner of a well person; until the thought of health conveys the idea of
+what health means to you. As I have said in a former chapter, you may
+not be able to form a clear mental image of yourself in perfect health,
+but you can form a conception of yourself as acting like a healthy
+person.
+
+Form this conception, and then think only thoughts of perfect health in
+relation to yourself, and, so far as may be possible, in relation to
+others. When a thought of sickness or disease is presented to you,
+reject it; do not let it get into your mind; do not entertain or
+consider it at all. Meet it by thinking health; by thinking that you are
+well, and by being sincerely grateful for the health you are receiving.
+Whenever suggestions of disease are coming thick and fast upon you, and
+you are in a "tight place," fall back upon the exercise of gratitude.
+Connect yourself with the Supreme; give thanks to God for the perfect
+health He gives you, and you will soon find yourself able to control
+your thoughts, and to think what you want to think. In times of doubt,
+trial, and temptation, the exercise of gratitude is always a sheet
+anchor which will prevent you from being swept away. Remember that the
+great essential thing is to SEVER ALL MENTAL RELATIONS WITH DISEASE, AND
+TO ENTER INTO FULL MENTAL RELATIONSHIP WITH HEALTH. This is the KEY to
+all mental healing; it is the whole thing. Here we see the secret of the
+great success of Christian Science; more than any other formulated
+system of practice, it insists that its converts shall sever relations
+with disease, and relate themselves fully with health. The healing power
+of Christian Science is not in its theological formulae, nor in its
+denial of matter; but in the fact that it induces the sick to ignore
+disease as an unreal thing and accept health by faith as a reality. Its
+failures are made because its practitioners, while thinking in the
+Certain Way, do not eat, drink, breathe, and sleep in the same way.
+
+While there is no healing power in the repetition of strings of words,
+yet it is a very convenient thing to have the central thoughts so
+formulated that you can repeat them readily, so that you can use them as
+affirmations whenever you are surrounded by an environment which gives
+you adverse suggestions. When those around you begin to talk of sickness
+and death, close your ears and mentally assert something like the
+following:--
+
+ _There is One Substance, and I am that Substance._
+
+ _That Substance is eternal, and it is Life; I am that
+ Substance, and I am Eternal Life._
+
+ _That Substance knows no disease; I am that Substance, and I am
+ Health._
+
+Exercise your will power in choosing only those thoughts which are
+thoughts of health, and arrange your environment so that it shall
+suggest thoughts of health. Do not have about you books, pictures, or
+other things which suggest death, disease, deformity, weakness, or age;
+have only those which convey the ideas of health, power, joy, vitality,
+and youth. When you are confronted with a book, or anything else which
+suggests disease, do not give it your attention. Think of your
+conception of health, and your gratitude, and affirm as above; use your
+will power to fix your attention upon thoughts of health. In a future
+chapter I shall touch upon this point again; what I wish to make plain
+here is that you must think only health, recognize only health, and give
+your attention only to health; and that you must control thought,
+recognition, and attention by the use of your will.
+
+Do not try to use your will to compel the healthy performance of
+function within you. The Principle of Health will attend to that, if you
+give your attention only to thoughts of health.
+
+Do not try to exert your will upon the Formless to compel It to give you
+more vitality or power; it is already placing all the power there is at
+your service.
+
+You do not have to use your will to conquer adverse conditions, or to
+subdue unfriendly forces; there are no unfriendly forces; there is only
+One Force, and that force is friendly to you; it is a force which makes
+for health.
+
+Everything in the universe wants you to be well; you have absolutely
+nothing to overcome but your own habit of thinking in a certain way
+about disease, and you can do this only by forming a habit of thinking
+in another Certain Way about health.
+
+Man can cause all the internal functions of his body to be performed in
+a perfectly healthy manner by continuously thinking in a Certain Way,
+and by performing the external functions in a certain way.
+
+He can think in this Certain Way by controlling his attention, and he
+can control his attention by the use of his will.
+
+He can decide what things he will think about.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+HEALTH FROM GOD.
+
+
+I will give a chapter here to explaining how man may receive health from
+the Supreme. By the Supreme I mean the Thinking Substance from which all
+things are made, and which is in all and through all, seeking more
+complete expression and fuller life. This Intelligent Substance, in a
+perfectly fluid state, permeates and penetrates all things, and is in
+touch with all minds. It is the source of all energy and power, and
+constitutes the "inflow" of life which Swedenborg saw, vitalizing all
+things. It is working to one definite end, and for the fulfillment of
+one purpose; and that purpose is the advancement of life toward the
+complete expression of Mind. When man harmonizes himself with this
+Intelligence, it can and will give him health and wisdom. When man
+holds steadily to the purpose to live more abundantly, he comes into
+harmony with this Supreme Intelligence.
+
+The purpose of the Supreme Intelligence is the most Abundant Life for
+all; the purpose of this Supreme Intelligence for you is that you should
+live more abundantly. If, then, your own purpose is to live more
+abundantly, you are unified with the Supreme; you are working with It,
+and it must work with you. But as the Supreme Intelligence is in all,
+_if you harmonize with it you must harmonize with all; and you must
+desire more abundant life for all as well as for yourself_. Two great
+benefits come to you from being in harmony with the Supreme
+Intelligence.
+
+First, you will receive wisdom. By wisdom I do not mean knowledge of
+facts so much as ability to perceive and understand facts, and to judge
+soundly and act rightly in all matters relating to life. Wisdom is the
+power to perceive truth, and the ability to make the best use of the
+knowledge of truth. It is the power to perceive at once the best end to
+aim at, and the means best adapted to attain that end. With wisdom comes
+poise, and the power to think rightly; to control and guide your
+thoughts, and to avoid the difficulties which come from wrong thinking.
+With wisdom you will be able to select the right courses for your
+particular needs, and to so govern yourself in all ways as to secure the
+best results. You will know how to do what you want to do. You can
+readily see that wisdom must be an essential attribute of the Supreme
+Intelligence, since That which knows all truth must be wise; and you can
+also see that just in proportion as you harmonize and unify your mind
+with that Intelligence you will have wisdom.
+
+But I repeat that since this Intelligence is All, and in all, you can
+enter into Its wisdom only by harmonizing with all. If there is
+anything in your desires or your purpose which will bring oppression to
+any, or work injustice to, or cause lack of life for any, you cannot
+receive wisdom from the Supreme. Furthermore, your purpose for your own
+self must be the best.
+
+Man can live in three general ways: for the gratification of his body,
+for that of his intellect, or for that of his soul. The first is
+accomplished by satisfying the desires for food, drink, and those other
+things which give enjoyable physical sensations. The second is
+accomplished by doing those things which cause pleasant mental
+sensations, such as gratifying the desire for knowledge or those for
+fine clothing, fame, power, and so on. The third is accomplished by
+giving way to the instincts of unselfish love and altruism. Man lives
+most wisely and completely when he functions most perfectly along all of
+these lines, without excess in any of them. The man who lives
+swinishly, for the body alone, is unwise and out of harmony with God;
+that man who lives solely for the cold enjoyments of the intellect,
+though he be absolutely moral, is unwise and out of harmony with God;
+and the man who lives wholly for the practice of altruism, and who
+throws himself away for others, is as unwise and as far from harmony
+with God as those who go to excess in other ways.
+
+To come into full harmony with the Supreme, you must purpose to LIVE; to
+live to the utmost of your capabilities in body, mind, and soul. This
+must mean the full exercise of function in all the different ways, but
+without excess; for excess in one causes deficiency in the others.
+Behind your desire for health is your own desire for more abundant life;
+and behind that is the desire of the Formless Intelligence to live more
+fully in you. So, as you advance toward perfect health, hold steadily to
+the purpose to attain complete life, physical, mental, and spiritual;
+to advance in all ways, and in every way to live more; if you hold this
+purpose you will be given wisdom. "He that willeth to do the will of the
+Father shall KNOW," said Jesus. Wisdom is the most desirable gift that
+can come to man, for it makes him rightly self-governing.
+
+But wisdom is not all you may receive from the Supreme Intelligence; you
+may receive physical energy, vitality, life force. The energy of the
+Formless Substance is unlimited, and permeates everything; you are
+already receiving or appropriating to yourself this energy in an
+automatic and instinctive way, but you can do so to a far greater degree
+if you set about it intelligently. The measure of a man's strength is
+not what God is willing to give him, but what he, himself, has the will
+and the intelligence to appropriate to himself. God gives you all there
+is; your only question is how much to take of the unlimited supply.
+
+Professor James has pointed out that there is apparently no limit to the
+powers of men; and this is simply because man's power comes from the
+inexhaustible reservoir of the Supreme. The runner who has reached the
+stage of exhaustion, when his physical power seems entirely gone, by
+running on in a Certain Way may receive his "second wind"; his strength
+is renewed in a seemingly miraculous fashion, and he can go on
+indefinitely. And by continuing in the Certain Way, he may receive a
+third, fourth, and fifth "wind"; we do not know where the limit is, or
+how far it may be possible to extend it. The conditions are that the
+runner must have absolute faith that the strength will come; that he
+must think steadily of strength, and have perfect confidence that he has
+it, and that he must continue to run on. If he admits a doubt into his
+mind, he falls exhausted, and if he stops running to wait for the
+accession of strength, it will never come. His faith in strength, his
+faith that he _can_ keep on running, his unwavering purpose _to_ keep on
+running, and his action _in_ keeping on seem to connect him to the
+source of energy in such a way as to bring him a new supply.
+
+In a very similar manner, the sick person who has unquestioning faith in
+health, whose purpose brings him into harmony with the source, and who
+performs the voluntary functions of life in a certain way, will receive
+vital energy sufficient for all his needs, and for the healing of all
+his diseases. God, who seeks to live and express himself fully in man,
+delights to give man all that is needed for the most abundant life.
+Action and reaction are equal, and when you desire to live more, if you
+are in mental harmony with the Supreme, the forces which make for life
+begin to concentrate about you and upon you. The One Life begins to move
+toward you, and your environment becomes surcharged with it. Then, if
+you appropriate it by faith, it is yours. "Ye shall ask what ye will,
+and it shall be done unto you." Your Father giveth not his spirit by
+measure; he delights to give good gifts to you.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+SUMMARY OF THE MENTAL ACTIONS.
+
+
+Let me now summarize the mental actions and attitudes necessary to the
+practice of the Science of Being Well: first, you believe that there is
+a Thinking Substance, from which all things are made, and which, in its
+original state, permeates, penetrates, and fills the interspaces of the
+universe. This Substance is the Life of All, and is seeking to express
+more life in all. It is the Principle of Life of the universe, and the
+Principle of Health in man.
+
+Man is a form of this Substance, and draws his vitality from it; he is a
+mind-body of original substance, permeating a physical body, and the
+thoughts of his mind-body control the functioning of his physical body.
+If man thinks no thoughts save those of perfect health, the functions
+of his physical body will be performed in a manner of perfect health.
+
+If you would consciously relate yourself to the All-Health, your purpose
+must be to live fully on every plane of your being. You must want all
+that there is in life for body, mind, and soul; and this will bring you
+into harmony with all the life there is. The person who is in conscious
+and intelligent harmony with All will receive a continuous inflow of
+vital power from the Supreme Life; and this inflow is prevented by
+angry, selfish or antagonistic mental attitudes. If you are against any
+part, you have severed relations with all; you will receive life, but
+only instinctively and automatically; not intelligently and
+purposefully. You can see that if you are mentally antagonistic to any
+part, you cannot be in complete harmony with the Whole; therefore, as
+Jesus directed, be reconciled to everybody and everything before you
+offer worship.
+
+_Want for everybody all that you want for yourself._
+
+The reader is recommended to read what we have said in a former work[A]
+concerning the Competitive mind and the Creative mind. It is very
+doubtful whether one who has lost health can completely regain it so
+long as he remains in the competitive mind.
+
+ [A] The Science of Getting Rich.
+
+Being on the Creative or Good-Will plane in mind, the next step is to
+form a conception of yourself as in perfect health, and to hold no
+thoughts which are not in full harmony with this conception. Have FAITH
+that if you think only thoughts of health you will establish in your
+physical body the functioning of health; and use your will to determine
+that you will think only thoughts of health. Never think of yourself as
+sick, or as likely to be sick; never think of sickness in connection
+with yourself at all. And, as far as may be, shut out of your mind all
+thoughts of sickness in connection with others. Surround yourself as
+much as possible with the things which suggest the ideas of strength and
+health.
+
+Have faith in health, and accept health as an actual present fact in
+your life. Claim health as a blessing bestowed upon you by the Supreme
+Life, and be deeply grateful at all times. Claim the blessing by faith;
+know that it is yours, and never admit a contrary thought to your mind.
+
+Use your will-power to withhold your attention from every appearance of
+disease in yourself and others; do not study disease, think about it,
+nor speak of it. At all times, when the thought of disease is thrust
+upon you, move forward into the mental position of prayerful gratitude
+for your perfect health.
+
+The mental actions necessary to being well may now be summed up in a
+single sentence: Form a conception of yourself in perfect health, and
+think only those thoughts which are in harmony with that conception.
+
+That, with faith and gratitude, and the purpose to really live, covers
+all the requirements. It is not necessary to take mental exercises of
+any kind, except as described in Chapter VI, or to do wearying "stunts"
+in the way of affirmations, and so on. It is not necessary to
+concentrate the mind on the affected parts; it is far better not to
+think of any part as affected. It is not necessary to "treat" yourself
+by auto-suggestion, or to have others treat you in any way whatever. The
+power that heals is the Principle of Health within you; and to call this
+Principle into Constructive Action it is only necessary, having
+harmonized yourself with the All-Mind, to claim by FAITH the All-Health;
+and to hold that claim until it is physically manifested in all the
+functions of your body.
+
+In order to hold this mental attitude of faith, gratitude, and health,
+however, your external acts must be only those of health. You cannot
+long hold the internal attitude of a well person if you continue to
+perform the external acts of a sick person. It is essential not only
+that your every thought should be a thought of health, but that your
+every act should be an act of health, performed in a healthy manner. If
+you will make every thought a thought of health, and every conscious act
+an act of health, it must infallibly follow that every internal and
+unconscious function shall come to be healthy; for all the power of life
+is being continually exerted toward health. We shall next consider how
+you may make every act an act of health.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+WHEN TO EAT.
+
+
+You cannot build and maintain a perfectly healthy body by mental action
+alone, or by the performance of the unconscious or involuntary functions
+alone. There are certain actions, more or less voluntary, which have a
+direct and immediate relation with the continuance of life itself; these
+are eating, drinking, breathing, and sleeping. No matter what man's
+thought or mental attitude may be, he cannot live unless he eats,
+drinks, breathes, and sleeps; and, moreover, he cannot be well if he
+eats, drinks, breathes, and sleeps in an unnatural or wrong manner. It
+is therefore vitally important that you should learn the right way to
+perform these voluntary functions, and I shall proceed to show you this
+way, beginning with the matter of eating, which is most important.
+
+There has been a vast amount of controversy as to when to eat, what to
+eat, how to eat, and how much to eat; and all this controversy is
+unnecessary, for the Right Way is very easy to find. You have only to
+consider the Law which governs all attainment, whether of health,
+wealth, power, or happiness; and that law is _that you must do what you
+can do now, where you are now; do every separate act in the most perfect
+manner possible, and put the power of faith into every action_.
+
+The processes of digestion and assimilation are under the supervision
+and control of an inner division of man's mentality, which is generally
+called the sub-conscious mind; and I shall use that term here in order
+to be understood. The sub-conscious mind is in charge of all the
+functions and processes of life; and when more food is needed by the
+body, it makes the fact known by causing a sensation called hunger.
+Whenever food is needed, and can be used, there is hunger; and whenever
+there is hunger it is time to eat. When there is no hunger it is
+unnatural and wrong to eat, no matter how great may APPEAR to be the
+need for food. Even if you are in a condition of apparent starvation,
+with great emaciation, if there is no hunger you may know that FOOD
+CANNOT BE USED, and it will be unnatural and wrong for you to eat.
+Though you have not eaten for days, weeks, or months, if you have no
+hunger you may be perfectly sure that food cannot be used, and will
+probably not be used if taken. Whenever food is needed, if there is
+power to digest and assimilate it, so that it can be normally used, the
+sub-conscious mind will announce the fact by a decided hunger. Food,
+taken when there is no hunger, will sometimes be digested and
+assimilated, because Nature makes a special effort to perform the task
+which is thrust upon her against her will; but if food be habitually
+taken when there is no hunger, the digestive power is at last destroyed,
+and numberless evils caused.
+
+If the foregoing be true--and it is indisputably so--it is a
+self-evident proposition that the natural time, and the healthy time, to
+eat is when one is hungry; and that it is never a natural or a healthy
+action to eat when one is not hungry. You see, then, that it is an easy
+matter to scientifically settle the question when to eat. ALWAYS eat
+when you are hungry; and NEVER eat when you are not hungry. This is
+obedience to nature, which is obedience to God.
+
+We must not fail, however, to make clear the distinction between hunger
+and appetite. Hunger is the call of the sub-conscious mind for more
+material to be used in repairing and renewing the body, and in keeping
+up the internal heat; and hunger is never felt unless there is need for
+more material, and unless there is power to digest it when taken into
+the stomach. Appetite is a desire for the gratification of sensation.
+The drunkard has an appetite for liquor, but he cannot have a hunger for
+it. A normally fed person cannot have a hunger for candy or sweets; the
+desire for these things is an appetite. You cannot hunger for tea,
+coffee, spiced foods, or for the various taste-tempting devices of the
+skilled cook; if you desire these things, it is with appetite, not with
+hunger. Hunger is nature's call for material to be used in building new
+cells, and nature never calls for anything which may not be legitimately
+used for this purpose.
+
+Appetite is often largely a matter of habit; if one eats or drinks at a
+certain hour, and especially if one takes sweetened or spiced and
+stimulating foods, the desire comes regularly at the same hour; but this
+habitual desire for food should never be mistaken for hunger. Hunger
+does not appear at specified times. It only comes when work or exercise
+has destroyed sufficient tissue to make the taking in of new raw
+material a necessity.
+
+For instance, if a person has been sufficiently fed on the preceding
+day, it is impossible that he should feel a genuine hunger on arising
+from refreshing sleep. In sleep the body is recharged with vital power,
+and the assimilation of the food which has been taken during the day is
+completed; the system has no need for food immediately after sleep,
+unless the person went to his rest in a state of starvation. With a
+system of feeding, which is even a reasonable approach to a natural one,
+no one can have a real hunger for an early morning breakfast. There is
+no such thing possible as a normal or genuine hunger immediately after
+arising from sound sleep. The early morning breakfast is always taken to
+gratify appetite, never to satisfy hunger. No matter who you are, or
+what your condition is; no matter how hard you work, or how much you are
+exposed, unless you go to your bed starved, you cannot arise from your
+bed hungry.
+
+Hunger is not caused by sleep, but by work. And it does not matter who
+you are, or what your condition, or how hard or easy your work, the
+so-called no-breakfast plan is the right plan for you. It is the right
+plan for everybody, because it is based on the universal law that hunger
+never comes until it is EARNED.
+
+I am aware that a protest against this will come from the large number
+of people who "enjoy" their breakfasts; whose breakfast is their "best
+meal"; who believe that their work is so hard that they cannot "get
+through the forenoon on an empty stomach," and so on. But all their
+arguments fall down before the facts. They enjoy their breakfast as the
+toper enjoys his morning dram, because it gratifies a habitual appetite
+and not because it supplies a natural want. It is their best meal for
+the same reason that his morning dram is the toper's best drink. And
+they CAN get along without it, because millions of people, of every
+trade and profession, DO get along without it, and are vastly better for
+doing so. If you are to live according to the Science of Being Well, you
+must NEVER EAT UNTIL YOU HAVE AN EARNED HUNGER.
+
+But if I do not eat on arising in the morning, when shall I take my
+first meal?
+
+In ninety-nine cases out of a hundred twelve o'clock, noon, is early
+enough; and it is generally the most convenient time. If you are doing
+heavy work, you will get by noon a hunger sufficient to justify a
+good-sized meal; and if your work is light, you will probably still have
+hunger enough for a moderate meal. The best general rule or law that can
+be laid down is that you should eat your first meal of the day at noon,
+if you are hungry; and if you are not hungry, wait until you become so.
+
+And when shall I eat my second meal?
+
+Not at all, unless you are hungry for it; and that with a genuine earned
+hunger. If you do get hungry for a second meal, eat at the most
+convenient time; but do not eat until you have a really earned hunger.
+The reader who wishes to fully inform himself as to the reasons for this
+way of arranging the mealtimes will find the best books thereon cited in
+the preface to this work. From the foregoing, however, you can easily
+see that the Science of Being Well readily answers the question: When,
+and how often shall I eat? The answer is: Eat when you have an earned
+hunger; and never eat at any other time.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+WHAT TO EAT.
+
+
+The current sciences of medicine and hygiene have made no progress
+toward answering the question, What shall I eat? The contests between
+the vegetarians and the meat eaters, the cooked food advocates, raw food
+advocates, and various other "schools" of theorists, seem to be
+interminable; and from the mountains of evidence and argument piled up
+for and against each special theory, it is plain that if we depend on
+these scientists we shall never know what is the natural food of man.
+Turning away from the whole controversy, then, we will ask the question
+of nature herself, and we shall find that she has not left us without an
+answer.
+
+Most of the errors of dietary scientists grow out of a false premise as
+to the natural state of man. It is assumed that civilization and mental
+development are unnatural things; that the man who lives in a modern
+house, in city or country, and who works in modern trade or industry for
+his living is leading an unnatural life, and is in an unnatural
+environment; that the only "natural" man is a naked savage, and that the
+farther we get from the savage the farther we are from nature. This is
+wrong. The man who has all that art and science can give him is leading
+the most natural life, because he is living most completely in all his
+faculties. The dweller in a well-appointed city flat, with modern
+conveniences and good ventilation, is living a far more naturally human
+life than the Australian savage who lives in a hollow tree or a hole in
+the ground.
+
+That Great Intelligence, which is in all and through all, has in reality
+practically settled the question as to what we shall eat. In ordering
+the affairs of nature, It has decided that man's food shall be according
+to the zone in which he lives. In the frigid regions of the far North,
+fuel foods are required. The development of brain is not large, nor is
+the life severe in its labor-tax on muscle; and so the Esquimaux live
+largely on the blubber and fat of aquatic animals. No other diet is
+possible to them; they could not get fruits, nuts, or vegetables even if
+they were disposed to eat them; and they could not live on them in that
+climate if they could get them. So, notwithstanding the arguments of the
+vegetarians, the Esquimaux will continue to live on animal fats.
+
+On the other hand, as we come toward the tropics, we find fuel foods
+less required; and we find the people naturally inclining toward a
+vegetarian diet. Millions live on rice and fruits; and the food regimen
+of an Esquimaux village, if followed upon the equator, would result in
+speedy death. A "natural" diet for the equatorial regions would be very
+far from being a natural diet near the North Pole; and the people of
+either zone, if not interfered with by medical or dietary "scientists,"
+will be guided by the All Intelligence, which seeks the fullest life in
+all, to feed themselves in the best way for the promotion of perfect
+health. In general, you can see that God, working in nature and in the
+evolution of human society and customs, has answered your question as to
+what you shall eat; and I advise you to take His answer in preference to
+that of any man.
+
+In the temperate zone the largest demands are made on man in spirit,
+mind, and body; and here we find the greatest variety of foods provided
+by nature. And it is really quite useless and superfluous to theorize on
+the question what the masses shall eat, for they have no choice; they
+must eat the foods which are staple products of the zone in which they
+live. It is impossible to supply all the people with a nut-and-fruit or
+raw food diet; and the fact that it is impossible is proof positive that
+these are not the foods intended by nature, for nature, being formed for
+the advancement of life, has not made the obtaining of the means of life
+an impossibility. So, I say, the question, What shall I eat? has been
+answered for you. Eat wheat, corn, rye, oats, barley, buckwheat; eat
+vegetables; eat meats, eat fruits, eat the things that are eaten by the
+masses of the people around the world, for in this matter the voice of
+the people is the voice of God. They have been led, generally, to the
+selection of certain foods; and they have been led, generally, to
+prepare these foods in generally similar ways; and you may depend upon
+it that in general they have the right foods and are preparing them in
+the right way. In these matters the race has been under the guidance of
+God. The list of foods in common use is a long one, and you must select
+therefrom according to your individual taste; if you do, you will find
+that you have an infallible guide, as shown in the next two chapters.
+
+If you do not eat until you have an EARNED hunger, you will not find
+your taste demanding unnatural or unhealthy foods. The woodchopper, who
+has swung his axe continuously from seven in the morning until noon does
+not come in clamoring for cream puffs and confectionery; he wants pork
+and beans, or beefsteak and potatoes, or corn bread and cabbage; he asks
+for the plain solids. Offer to crack him a few walnuts and give him a
+plate of lettuce, and you will be met with huge disdain; those things
+are not natural foods for a workingman. And if they are not natural
+foods for a workingman, they are not for any other man; for work hunger
+is the only real hunger, and requires the same materials to satisfy it,
+whether it be in woodchopper or banker, in man, woman or child.
+
+It is a mistake to suppose that food must be selected with anxious care
+to fit the vocation of the person who eats. It is not true that the
+woodchopper requires "heavy" or "solid" foods and the bookkeeper "light"
+foods. If you are a bookkeeper, or other brain worker, and do not eat
+until you have an EARNED hunger, you will want exactly the same foods
+that the woodchopper wants. Your body is made of exactly the same
+elements as that of the woodchopper, and requires the same materials for
+cell-building; why, then, feed him on ham and eggs and corn bread and
+you on crackers and toast? True, most of his waste is of muscle, while
+most of yours is of brain and nerve tissue; but it is also true that the
+woodchopper's diet contains all the requisites for brain and nerve
+building in far better proportions than they are found in most "light"
+foods. The world's best brain work has been done on the fare of the
+working people. The world's greatest thinkers have invariably lived on
+the plain solid foods common among the masses.
+
+Let the bookkeeper wait until he has an earned hunger before he eats;
+and then, if he wants ham, eggs, and corn bread, by all means let him
+eat them; but let him remember that he does not need one-twentieth of
+the amount necessary for the woodchopper. It is not eating "hearty"
+foods which gives the brain worker indigestion; it is eating as much as
+would be needed by a muscle worker. Indigestion is never caused by
+eating to satisfy hunger; it is always caused by eating to gratify
+appetite. If you eat in the manner prescribed in the next chapter, your
+taste will soon become so natural that you will never WANT anything that
+you cannot eat with impunity; and you can drop the whole anxious
+question of what to eat from your mind forever, and simply eat what you
+want. Indeed, that is the only way to do if you are to think no
+thoughts but those of health; for you cannot think health so long as you
+are in continual doubt and uncertainty as to whether you are getting the
+right bills of fare.
+
+"Take no thought what ye shall eat," said Jesus, and he spoke wisely.
+The foods found on the table of any ordinary middle-class or working
+class family will nourish your body perfectly if you eat at the right
+times and in the right way. If you want meat, eat it; and if you do not
+want it, do not eat it, and do not suppose that you must find some
+special substitute for it. You can live perfectly well on what is left
+on any table after the meat has been removed.
+
+It is not necessary to worry about a "varied" diet, so as to get in all
+the necessary elements. The Chinese and Hindus build very good bodies
+and excellent brains on a diet of few variations, rice making almost the
+whole of it. The Scotch are physically and mentally strong on oatmeal
+cakes; and the Irishman is husky of body and brilliant of mind on
+potatoes and pork. The wheat berry contains practically all that is
+necessary for the building of brain and body; and a man can live very
+well on a monodiet of navy beans.
+
+Form a conception of perfect health for yourself, and do not hold any
+thought which is not a thought of health.
+
+NEVER eat until you have an EARNED HUNGER. Remember that it will not
+hurt you in the least to go hungry for a short time; but it will surely
+hurt you to eat when you are not hungry.
+
+Do not give the least thought to what you should or should not eat;
+simply eat what is set before you, selecting that which pleases your
+taste most. In other words, eat what you want. This you can do with
+perfect results if you eat in the right way; and how to do this will be
+explained in the next chapter.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+
+HOW TO EAT.
+
+
+It is a settled fact that man naturally chews his food. The few faddists
+who maintain that we should bolt our nourishment, after the manner of
+the dog and others of the lower animals, can no longer get a hearing; we
+know that we should chew our food. And if it is natural that we should
+chew our food, the more thoroughly we chew it the more completely
+natural the process must be. If you will chew every mouthful to a
+liquid, you need not be in the least concerned as to what you shall eat,
+for you can get sufficient nourishment out of any ordinary food.
+
+Whether or not this chewing shall be an irksome and laborious task or a
+most enjoyable process, depends upon the mental attitude in which you
+come to the table.
+
+If your mind and attitude are on other things, or if you are anxious or
+worried about business or domestic affairs, you will find it almost
+impossible to eat without bolting more or less of your food. You must
+learn to live so scientifically that you will have no business or
+domestic cares to worry about; this you can do, and you can also learn
+to give your undivided attention to the act of eating while at the
+table.
+
+When you eat, do so with an eye single to the purpose of getting all the
+enjoyment you can from that meal; dismiss everything else from your
+mind, and do not let anything take your attention from the food and its
+taste until your meal is finished. Be cheerfully confident, for if you
+follow these instructions you may KNOW that the food you eat is exactly
+the right food, and that it will "agree" with you to perfection.
+
+Sit down to the table with confident cheerfulness, and take a moderate
+portion of the food; take whatever thing looks most desirable to you. Do
+not select some food because you think it will be good for you; select
+that which will taste good to you. If you are to get well and stay well,
+you must drop the idea of doing things because they are good for your
+health, and do things because you want to do them. Select the food you
+want most; gratefully give thanks to God that you have learned how to
+eat it in such a way that digestion shall be perfect; and take a
+moderate mouthful of it.
+
+Do not fix your attention on the act of chewing; fix it on the TASTE of
+the food; and taste and enjoy it until it is reduced to a liquid state
+and passes down your throat by involuntary swallowing. No matter how
+long it takes, do not think of the time. Think of the taste. Do not
+allow your eyes to wander over the table, speculating as to what you
+shall eat next; do not worry for fear there is not enough, and that you
+will not get your share of everything. Do not anticipate the taste of
+the next thing; keep your mind centered on the taste of what you have in
+your mouth. And that is all of it.
+
+Scientific and healthful eating is a delightful process after you have
+learned how to do it, and after you have overcome the bad old habit of
+gobbling down your food unchewed. It is best not to have too much
+conversation going on while eating; be cheerful, but not talkative; do
+the talking afterward.
+
+In most cases, some use of the will is required to form the habit of
+correct eating. The bolting habit is an unnatural one, and is without
+doubt mostly the result of fear. Fear that we will be robbed of our
+food; fear that we will not get our share of the good things; fear that
+we will lose precious time--these are the causes of haste. Then there is
+anticipation of the dainties that are to come for dessert, and the
+consequent desire to get at them as quickly as possible; and there is
+mental abstraction, or thinking of other matters while eating. All these
+must be overcome.
+
+When you find that your mind is wandering, call a halt; think for a
+moment of the food, and of how good it tastes; of the perfect digestion
+and assimilation that are going to follow the meal, and begin again.
+Begin again and again, though you must do so twenty times in the course
+of a single meal; and again and again, though you must do so every meal
+for weeks and months. It is perfectly certain that you CAN form the
+"Fletcher habit" if you persevere; and when you have formed it, you will
+experience a healthful pleasure you have never known.
+
+This is a vital point, and I must not leave it until I have thoroughly
+impressed it upon your mind. Given the right materials, perfectly
+prepared, the Principle of Health will positively build you a perfectly
+healthy body; and you cannot prepare the materials _perfectly_ in any
+other way that the one I am describing. If you are to have perfect
+health, you MUST eat in just this way; you can, and the doing of it is
+only a matter of a little perseverance. What use for you to talk of
+mental control unless you will govern yourself in so simple a matter as
+ceasing to bolt your food? What use to talk of concentration unless you
+can keep your mind on the act of eating for so short a space as fifteen
+or twenty minutes, especially with all the pleasures of taste to help
+you? Go on, and conquer. In a few weeks, or months, as the case may be,
+you will find the habit of scientific eating becoming fixed; and soon
+you will be in so splendid a condition, mentally and physically, that
+nothing would induce you to return to the bad old way.
+
+We have seen that if man will think only thoughts of perfect health, his
+internal functions will be performed in a healthy manner; and we have
+seen that in order to think thoughts of health, man must perform the
+voluntary functions in a healthy manner. The most important of the
+voluntary functions is that of eating; and we see, so far, no especial
+difficulty in eating in a perfectly healthy way. I will here summarize
+the instructions as to when to eat, what to eat, and how to eat, with
+the reasons therefor:--
+
+NEVER eat until you have an EARNED hunger, no matter how long you go
+without food. This is based on the fact that whenever food is needed in
+the system, if there is power to digest it, the sub-conscious mind
+announces the need by the sensation of hunger. Learn to distinguish
+between genuine hunger and the gnawing and craving sensations caused by
+unnatural appetite. Hunger is never a disagreeable feeling, accompanied
+by weakness, faintness, or gnawing feelings at the stomach; it is a
+pleasant, anticipatory desire for food, and is felt mostly in the mouth
+and throat. It does not come at certain hours or at stated intervals; it
+only comes when the sub-conscious mind is ready to receive, digest, and
+assimilate food.
+
+Eat whatever foods you want, making your selection from the staples in
+general use in the zone in which you live. The Supreme Intelligence has
+guided man to the selection of these foods, and they are the right ones
+for all. I am referring, of course, to the foods which are taken to
+satisfy hunger, not to those which have been contrived merely to gratify
+appetite or perverted taste. The instinct which has guided the masses of
+men to make use of the great staples of food to satisfy their hunger is
+a divine one. God has made no mistake; if you eat these foods you will
+not go wrong.
+
+Eat your food with cheerful confidence, and get all the pleasure that is
+to be had from the taste of every mouthful. Chew each morsel to a
+liquid, keeping your attention fixed on the enjoyment of the process.
+This is the only way to eat in a perfectly complete and successful
+manner; and when anything is done in a completely successful manner, the
+general result cannot be a failure. In the attainment of health, the law
+is the same as in the attainment of riches; if you make each act a
+success in itself, the sum of all your acts must be a success. When you
+eat in the mental attitude I have described, and in the manner I have
+described, nothing can be added to the process; it is done in a perfect
+manner, and it is successfully done. And if eating is successfully done,
+digestion, assimilation, and the building of a healthy body are
+successfully begun. We next take up the question of the quantity of food
+required.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII.
+
+HUNGER AND APPETITES.
+
+
+It is very easy to find the correct answer to the question, How much
+shall I eat? You are never to eat until you have an earned hunger, and
+you are to stop eating the instant you BEGIN to feel that your hunger is
+abating. Never gorge yourself; never eat to repletion. When you _begin_
+to feel that your hunger is satisfied, know that you have enough; for
+until you have enough, you will continue to feel the sensation of
+hunger. If you eat as directed in the last chapter, it is probable that
+you will begin to feel satisfied before you have taken half your usual
+amount; but stop there, all the same. No matter how delightfully
+attractive the dessert, or how tempting the pie or pudding, do not eat a
+mouthful of it if you find that your hunger has been in the least
+degree assuaged by the other foods you have taken.
+
+Whatever you eat after your hunger begins to abate is taken to gratify
+taste and appetite, not hunger and is not called for by nature at all.
+It is therefore excess; mere debauchery, and it cannot fail to work
+mischief.
+
+This is a point you will need to watch with nice discrimination, for the
+habit of eating purely for sensual gratification is very deeply rooted
+with most of us. The usual "dessert" of sweet and tempting foods is
+prepared solely with a view to inducing people to eat after hunger has
+been satisfied; and all the effects are evil. It is not that pie and
+cake are unwholesome foods; they are usually perfectly wholesome if
+eaten to satisfy hunger, and NOT to gratify appetite. If you want pie,
+cake, pastry or puddings, it is better to begin your meal with them,
+finishing with the plainer and less tasty foods. You will find,
+however, that if you eat as directed in the preceding chapters, the
+plainest food will soon come to taste like kingly fare to you; for your
+sense of taste, like all your other senses, will become so acute with
+the general improvement in your condition that you will find new
+delights in common things. No glutton ever enjoyed a meal like the man
+who eats for hunger only, who gets the most out of every mouthful, and
+who stops on the instant that he feels the edge taken from his hunger.
+The first intimation that hunger is abating is the signal from the
+sub-conscious mind that it is time to quit.
+
+The average person who takes up this plan of living will be greatly
+surprised to learn how little food is really required to keep the body
+in perfect condition. The amount depends upon the work; upon how much
+muscular exercise is taken, and upon the extent to which the person is
+exposed to cold. The woodchopper who goes into the forest in the winter
+time and swings his axe all day can eat two full meals; but the brain
+worker who sits all day on a chair, in a warm room, does not need one
+third and often not one tenth as much. Most woodchoppers eat two or
+three times as much, and most brain workers from three to ten times as
+much as nature calls for; and the elimination of this vast amount of
+surplus rubbish from their systems is a tax on vital power which in time
+depletes their energy and leaves them an easy prey to so-called disease.
+Get all possible enjoyment out of the taste of your food, but never eat
+anything merely because it tastes good; and on the instant that you feel
+that your hunger is less keen, stop eating.
+
+If you will consider for a moment, you will see that there is positively
+no other way for you to settle these various food questions than by
+adopting the plan here laid down for you. As to the proper time to eat,
+there is no other way to decide than to say that you should eat
+whenever you have an EARNED HUNGER. It is a self-evident proposition
+that that is the right time to eat, and that any other is a wrong time
+to eat. As to what to eat, the Eternal Wisdom has decided that the
+masses of men shall eat the staple products of the zones in which they
+live. The staple foods of your particular zone are the right foods for
+you; and the Eternal Wisdom, working in and through the minds of the
+masses of men, has taught them how best to prepare these foods by
+cooking and otherwise. And as to how to eat, you know that you must chew
+your food; and if it must be chewed, then reason tells us that the more
+thorough and perfect the operation the better.
+
+I repeat that success in anything is attained by making each separate
+act a success in itself. If you make each action, however small and
+unimportant, a thoroughly successful action, your day's work as a whole
+cannot result in failure. If you make the actions of each day
+successful, the sum total of your life cannot be failure. A great
+success is the result of doing a large number of little things, and
+doing each one in a perfectly successful way. If every thought is a
+healthy thought, and if every action of your life is performed in a
+healthy way, you must soon attain to perfect health. It is impossible to
+devise a way in which you can perform the act of eating more
+successfully, and in a manner more in accord with the laws of life, than
+by chewing every mouthful to a liquid, enjoying the taste fully, and
+keeping a cheerful confidence the while. Nothing can be added to make
+the process more successful; while if anything be subtracted, the
+process will not be a completely healthy one.
+
+In the matter of how much to eat, you will also see that there could be
+no other guide so natural, so safe, and so reliable as the one I have
+prescribed--to stop eating on the instant you feel that your hunger
+begins to abate. The sub-conscious mind may be trusted with implicit
+reliance to inform us when food is needed; and it may be trusted as
+implicitly to inform us when the need has been supplied. If ALL food is
+eaten for hunger, and NO food is taken merely to gratify taste, you will
+never eat too much; and if you eat whenever you have an EARNED hunger,
+you will always eat enough. By reading carefully the summing up in the
+following chapter, you will see that the requirements for eating in a
+perfectly healthy way are really very few and simple.
+
+The matter of drinking in a natural way may be dismissed here with a
+very few words. If you wish to be exactly and rigidly scientific, drink
+nothing but water; drink only when you are thirsty; drink whenever you
+are thirsty, and stop as soon as you feel that your thirst begins to
+abate. But if you are living rightly in regard to eating, it will not
+be necessary to practice asceticism or great self-denial in the matter
+of drinking. You can take an occasional cup of weak coffee without harm;
+you can, to a reasonable extent, follow the customs of those around you.
+Do not get the soda fountain habit; do not drink merely to tickle your
+palate with sweet liquids; be sure that you take a drink of water
+whenever you feel thirst. Never be too lazy, too indifferent, or too
+busy to get a drink of water when you feel the least thirst; if you obey
+this rule, you will have little inclination to take strange and
+unnatural drinks. Drink only to satisfy thirst; drink whenever you feel
+thirst; and stop drinking as soon as you feel thirst abating. That is
+the perfectly healthy way to supply the body with the necessary fluid
+material for its internal processes.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII.
+
+IN A NUTSHELL.
+
+
+There is a Cosmic Life which permeates, penetrates, and fills the
+interspaces of the universe, being in and through all things. This Life
+is not merely a vibration, or form of energy; it is a Living Substance.
+All things are made from it; it is All, and in all.
+
+This Substance thinks, and it assumes the form of that which it thinks
+about. The thought of a form, in this substance, creates the form; the
+thought of a motion institutes the motion. The visible universe, with
+all its forms and motions, exists because it is in the thought of
+Original Substance.
+
+Man is a form of Original Substance, and can think original thoughts;
+and within himself, man's thoughts have controlling or formative power.
+The thought of a condition produces that condition; the thought of a
+motion institutes that motion. So long as man thinks of the conditions
+and motions of disease, so long will the conditions and motions of
+disease exist within him. If man will think only of perfect health, the
+Principle of Health within him will maintain normal conditions.
+
+To be well, man must form a conception of perfect health, and hold
+thoughts harmonious with that conception as regards himself and all
+things. He must think only of healthy conditions and functioning; he
+must not permit a thought of unhealthy or abnormal conditions or
+functioning to find lodgment in his mind at any time.
+
+In order to think only of healthy conditions and functioning, man must
+perform the voluntary acts of life in a perfectly healthy way. He cannot
+think perfect health so long as he knows that he is living in a wrong or
+unhealthy way; or even so long as he has doubts as to whether or not he
+is living in a healthy way. Man cannot think thoughts of perfect health
+while his voluntary functions are performed in the manner of one who is
+sick. The voluntary functions of life are eating, drinking, breathing,
+and sleeping. When man thinks only of healthy conditions and
+functioning, and performs these externals in a perfectly healthy manner,
+he must have perfect health.
+
+In eating, man must learn to be guided by his hunger. He must
+distinguish between hunger and appetite, and between hunger and the
+cravings of habit; he must NEVER eat unless he feels an EARNED HUNGER.
+He must learn that genuine hunger is never present after natural sleep,
+and that the demand for an early morning meal is purely a matter of
+habit and appetite; and he must not begin his day by eating in violation
+of natural law. He must wait until he has an Earned Hunger, which, in
+most cases, will make his first meal come at about the noon hour. No
+matter what his condition, vocation, or circumstances, he must make it
+his rule not to eat until he has an EARNED HUNGER; and he may remember
+that it is far better to fast for several hours after he has become
+hungry than to eat before he begins to feel hunger. It will not hurt you
+to go hungry for a few hours, even though you are working hard; but it
+will hurt you to fill your stomach when you are not hungry, whether you
+are working or not. If you never eat until you have an Earned Hunger,
+you may be certain that in so far as the time of eating is concerned,
+you are proceeding in a perfectly healthy way. This is a self-evident
+proposition.
+
+As to what he shall eat, man must be guided by that Intelligence which
+has arranged that the people of any given portion of the earth's surface
+must live on the staple products of the zone which they inhabit. Have
+faith in God, and ignore "food science" of every kind. Do not pay the
+slightest attention to the controversies as to the relative merits of
+cooked and raw foods; of vegetables and meats; or as to your need for
+carbohydrates and proteins. Eat only when you have an earned hunger, and
+then take the common foods of the masses of the people in the zone in
+which you live, and have perfect confidence that the results will be
+good. They will be. Do not seek for luxuries, or for things imported or
+fixed up to tempt the taste; stick to the plain solids; and when these
+do not "taste good," fast until they do. Do not seek for "light" foods;
+for easily digestible, or "healthy" foods; eat what the farmers and
+workingmen eat. Then you will be functioning in a perfectly healthy
+manner, so far as what to eat is concerned. I repeat, if you have no
+hunger or taste for the plain foods, do not eat at all; wait until
+hunger comes. Go without eating until the plainest food tastes good to
+you; and then begin your meal with what you like best.
+
+In deciding how to eat, man must be guided by reason. We can see that
+the abnormal states of hurry and worry produced by wrong thinking about
+business and similar things have led us to form the habit of eating too
+fast, and chewing too little. Reason tells us that food should be
+chewed, and that the more thoroughly it is chewed the better it is
+prepared for the chemistry of digestion. Furthermore, we can see that
+the man who eats slowly and chews his food to a liquid, keeping his mind
+on the process and giving it his undivided attention, will enjoy more of
+the pleasure of taste than he who bolts his food with his mind on
+something else. To eat in a perfectly healthy manner, man must
+concentrate his attention on the act, with cheerful enjoyment and
+confidence; he must taste his food, and he must reduce each mouthful to
+a liquid before swallowing it. The foregoing instructions, if followed,
+make the function of eating completely perfect; nothing can be added as
+to what, when, and how.
+
+In the matter of how much to eat, man must be guided by the same inward
+intelligence, or Principle of Health, which tells him when food is
+wanted. He must stop eating in the moment that he feels hunger abating;
+he must not eat beyond this point to gratify taste. If he ceases to eat
+in the instant that the inward demand for food ceases, he will never
+overeat; and the function of supplying the body with food will be
+performed in a perfectly healthy manner.
+
+The matter of eating naturally is a very simple one; there is nothing in
+all the foregoing that cannot be easily practiced by any one. This
+method, put in practice, will infallibly result in perfect digestion and
+assimilation; and all anxiety and careful thought concerning the matter
+can at once be dropped from the mind. Whenever you have an earned
+hunger, eat with thankfulness what is set before you, chewing each
+mouthful to a liquid, and stopping when you feel the edge taken from
+your hunger.
+
+The importance of the mental attitude is sufficient to justify an
+additional word. While you are eating, as at all other times, think only
+of healthy conditions and normal functioning. Enjoy what you eat; if you
+carry on a conversation at the table, talk of the goodness of the food,
+and of the pleasure it is giving you. Never mention that you dislike
+this or that; speak only of those things which you like. Never discuss
+the wholesomeness or unwholesomeness of foods; never mention or think of
+unwholesomeness at all. If there is anything on the table for which you
+do not care, pass it by in silence, or with a word of commendation;
+never criticise or object to anything. Eat your food with gladness and
+with singleness of heart, praising God and giving thanks. Let your
+watchword be perseverance; whenever you fall into the old way of hasty
+eating, or of wrong thought and speech, bring yourself up short and
+begin again.
+
+It is of the most vital importance to you that you should be a
+self-controlling and self-directing person; and you can never hope to
+become so unless you can master yourself in so simple and fundamental a
+matter as the manner and method of your eating. If you cannot control
+yourself in this, you cannot control yourself in anything that will be
+worth while. On the other hand, if you carry out the foregoing
+instructions, you may rest in the assurance that in so far as right
+thinking and right eating are concerned you are living in a perfectly
+scientific way; and you may also be assured that if you practice what is
+prescribed in the following chapters you will quickly build your body
+into a condition of perfect health.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV.
+
+BREATHING.
+
+
+The function of breathing is a vital one, and it immediately concerns
+the continuance of life. We can live many hours without sleeping, and
+many days without eating or drinking, but only a few minutes without
+breathing. The act of breathing is involuntary, but the manner of it,
+and the provision of the proper conditions for its healthy performance,
+falls within the scope of volition. Man will continue to breathe
+involuntarily, but he can voluntarily determine what he shall breathe,
+and how deeply and thoroughly he shall breathe; and he can, of his own
+volition, keep the physical mechanism in condition for the perfect
+performance of the function.
+
+It is essential, if you wish to breathe in a perfectly healthy way,
+that the physical machinery used in the act should be kept in good
+condition. You must keep your spine moderately straight, and the muscles
+of your chest must be flexible and free in action. You cannot breathe in
+the right way if your shoulders are greatly stooped forward and your
+chest hollow and rigid. Sitting or standing at work in a slightly
+stooping position tends to produce hollow chest; so does lifting heavy
+weights--or light weights.
+
+The tendency of work, of almost all kinds, is to pull the shoulders
+forward, curve the spine, and flatten the chest; and if the chest is
+greatly flattened, full and deep breathing becomes impossible, and
+perfect health is out of the question.
+
+Various gymnastic exercises have been devised to counteract the effect
+of stooping while at work; such as hanging by the hands from a swing or
+trapeze bar, or sitting on a chair with the feet under some heavy
+article of furniture and bending backward until the head touches the
+floor, and so on. All these are good enough in their way, but very few
+people will follow them long enough and regularly enough to accomplish
+any real gain in physique. The taking of "health exercises" of any kind
+is burdensome and unnecessary; there is a more natural, simpler, and
+much better way.
+
+This better way is to keep yourself straight, and to breathe deeply. Let
+your mental conception of yourself be that you are a perfectly straight
+person, and whenever the matter comes to your mind, be sure that you
+instantly expand your chest, throw back your shoulders, and "straighten
+up." Whenever you do this, slowly draw in your breath until you fill
+your lungs to their utmost capacity; "crowd in" all the air you possibly
+can; and while holding it for an instant in the lungs, throw your
+shoulders still further back, and stretch your chest; at the same time
+try to pull your spine forward between the shoulders. Then let the air
+go easily.
+
+This is the one great exercise for keeping the chest full, flexible, and
+in good condition. Straighten up; fill your lungs FULL; stretch your
+chest and straighten your spine, and exhale easily. And this exercise
+you must repeat, in season and out of season, at all times and in all
+places, until you form a habit of doing it; you can easily do so.
+Whenever you step out of doors into the fresh, pure air, BREATHE. When
+you are at work, and think of yourself and your position, BREATHE. When
+you are in company, and are reminded of the matter, BREATHE. When you
+are awake in the night, BREATHE. No matter where you are or what you are
+doing, whenever the idea comes to your mind, straighten up and BREATHE.
+If you walk to and from your work, take the exercise all the way; it
+will soon become a delight to you; you will keep it up, not for the
+sake of health, but as a matter of pleasure.
+
+Do not consider this a "health exercise"; _never take health exercises,
+or do gymnastics to make you well. To do so is to recognize sickness as
+a present fact or as a possibility, which is precisely what you must not
+do_. The people who are always taking exercises for their health are
+always thinking about being sick. It ought to be a matter of pride with
+you to keep your spine straight and strong; as much so as it is to keep
+your face clean. Keep your spine straight, and your chest full and
+flexible for the same reason that you keep your hands clean and your
+nails manicured; because it is slovenly to do otherwise. Do it without a
+thought of sickness, present or possible. You must either be crooked and
+unsightly, or you must be straight; and if you are straight your
+breathing will take care of itself. You will find the matter of health
+exercises referred to again in a future chapter.
+
+It is essential, however, that you should breathe AIR. It appears to be
+the intention of nature that the lungs should receive air containing its
+regular percentage of oxygen, and not greatly contaminated by other
+gases, or by filth of any kind. Do not allow yourself to think that you
+are compelled to live or work where the air is not fit to breathe. If
+your house cannot be properly ventilated, move; and if you are employed
+where the air is bad, get another job; you can, by practicing the
+methods given in the preceding volume of this series--"THE SCIENCE OF
+GETTING RICH." If no one would consent to work in bad air, employers
+would speedily see to it that all work rooms were properly ventilated.
+The worst air is that from which the oxygen has been exhausted by
+breathing; as that of churches and theaters where crowds of people
+congregate, and the outlet and supply of air are poor. Next to this is
+air containing other gases than oxygen and hydrogen--sewer gas, and the
+effluvium from decaying things. Air that is heavily charged with dust or
+particles of organic matter may be endured better than any of these.
+Small particles of organic matter other than food are generally thrown
+off from the lungs; but gases go into the blood.
+
+I speak advisedly when I say "other than food." Air is largely a food.
+It is the most thoroughly alive thing we take into the body. Every
+breath carries in millions of microbes, many of which are assimilated.
+The odors from earth, grass, tree, flower, plant, and from cooking foods
+are foods in themselves; they are minute particles of the substances
+from which they come, and are often so attenuated that they pass
+directly from the lungs into the blood, and are assimilated without
+digestion. And the atmosphere is permeated with the One Original
+Substance, which is life itself. Consciously recognize this whenever
+you think of your breathing, and think that you are breathing in life;
+you really are, and conscious recognition helps the process. See to it
+that you do not breathe air containing poisonous gases, and that you do
+not rebreathe the air which has been used by yourself or others.
+
+That is all there is to the matter of breathing correctly. Keep your
+spine straight and your chest flexible, and breathe pure air,
+recognizing with thankfulness the fact that you breathe in the Eternal
+Life. That is not difficult; and beyond these things give little thought
+to your breathing except to thank God that you have learned how to do it
+perfectly.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV.
+
+SLEEP.
+
+
+Vital power is renewed in sleep. Every living thing sleeps; men,
+animals, reptiles, fish, and insects sleep, and even plants have regular
+periods of slumber. And this is because it is in sleep that we come into
+such contact with the Principle of Life in nature that our own lives may
+be renewed. It is in sleep that the brain of man is recharged with vital
+energy, and the Principle of Health within him is given new strength. It
+is of the first importance, then, that we should sleep in a natural,
+normal, and perfectly healthy manner.
+
+Studying sleep, we note that the breathing is much deeper, and more
+forcible and rhythmic than in the waking state. Much more air is
+inspired when asleep than when awake, and this tells us that the
+Principle of Health requires large quantities of some element in the
+atmosphere for the process of renewal. If you would surround sleep with
+natural conditions, then, the first step is to see that you have an
+unlimited supply of fresh and pure air to breathe. Physicians have found
+that sleeping in the pure air of out-of-doors is very efficacious in the
+treatment of pulmonary troubles; and, taken in connection with the Way
+of Living and Thinking prescribed in this book, you will find that it is
+just as efficacious in curing every other sort of trouble. Do not take
+any half-way measures in this matter of securing pure air while you
+sleep. Ventilate your bedroom thoroughly; so thoroughly that it will be
+practically the same as sleeping out of doors. Have a door or window
+open wide; have one open on each side of the room, if possible. If you
+cannot have a good draught of air across the room, pull the head of
+your bed close to the open window, so that the air from without may come
+fully into your face. No matter how cold or unpleasant the weather, have
+a window open, and open wide; and try to get a circulation of pure air
+through the room. Pile on the bedclothes, if necessary, to keep you
+warm; but have an unlimited supply of fresh air from out of doors. This
+is the first great requisite for healthy sleep.
+
+The brain and nerve centers cannot be thoroughly vitalized if you sleep
+in "dead" or stagnant air; you must have the living atmosphere, vital
+with nature's Principle of Life. I repeat, do not make any compromise in
+this matter; ventilate your sleeping room completely, and see that there
+is a circulation of outdoor air through it while you sleep. You are not
+sleeping in a perfectly healthy way if you shut the doors and windows of
+your sleeping room, whether in winter or summer. Have fresh air. If you
+are where there is no fresh air, move. If your bedroom cannot be
+ventilated, get into another house.
+
+Next in importance is the mental attitude in which you go to sleep. It
+is well to sleep intelligently, purposefully, knowing what you do it
+for. Lie down thinking that sleep is an infallible vitalizer, and go to
+sleep with a confident faith that your strength is to be renewed; that
+you will awake full of vitality and health. Put purpose into your sleep
+as you do into your eating; give the matter your attention for a few
+minutes, as you go to rest. Do not seek your couch with a discouraged or
+depressed feeling; go there joyously, to be made whole. Do not forget
+the exercise of gratitude in going to sleep; before you close your eyes,
+give thanks to God for having shown you the way to perfect health, and
+go to sleep with this grateful thought uppermost in your mind. A bedtime
+prayer of thanksgiving is a mighty good thing; it puts the Principle of
+Health within you into communication with its source, from which it is
+to receive new power while you are in the silence of unconsciousness.
+
+You may see that the requirements for perfectly healthy sleep are not
+difficult. First, to see that you breathe pure air from out of doors
+while you sleep; and, second, to put the Within into touch with the
+Living Substance by a few minutes of grateful meditation as you go to
+bed. Observe these requirements, go to sleep in a thankful and confident
+frame of mind, and all will be well. If you have insomnia, do not let it
+worry you. While you lie awake, form your conception of health; meditate
+with thankfulness on the abundant life which is yours, breathe, and feel
+perfectly confident that you will sleep in due time; and you will.
+Insomnia, like every other ailment, must give way before the Principle
+of Health aroused to full constructive activity by the course of
+thought and action herein described.
+
+The reader will now comprehend that it is not at all burdensome or
+disagreeable to perform the voluntary functions of life in a perfectly
+healthy way. The perfectly healthy way is the easiest, simplest, most
+natural, and most pleasant way. The cultivation of health is not a work
+of art, difficulty, or strenuous labor. You have only to lay aside
+artificial observances of every kind, and eat, drink, breathe, and sleep
+in the most natural and delightful way; and if you do this, thinking
+health and only health, you will certainly be well.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI.
+
+SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS.
+
+
+In forming a conception of health, it is necessary to think of the
+manner in which you would live and work if you were perfectly well and
+very strong; to imagine yourself doing things in the way of a perfectly
+well and very strong person, until you have a fairly good conception of
+what you would be if you were well. Then take a mental and physical
+attitude in harmony with this conception; and do not depart from this
+attitude. You must unify yourself in thought with the thing you desire;
+and whatever state or condition you unify with yourself in thought will
+soon become unified with you in body. The scientific way is to sever
+relations with everything you do not want, and to enter into relations
+with everything you do want. Form a conception of perfect health, and
+relate yourself to this conception in word, act, and attitude.
+
+Guard your speech; make every word harmonize with the conception of
+perfect health. Never complain; never say things like these: "I did not
+sleep well last night;" "I have a pain in my side;" "I do not feel at
+all well to-day," and so on. Say "I am looking forward to a good night's
+sleep to-night;" "I can see that I progress rapidly," and things of
+similar meaning. In so far as everything which is connected with disease
+is concerned, your way is to forget it; and in so far as everything
+which is connected with health is concerned, your way is to unify
+yourself with it in thought and speech.
+
+This is the whole thing in a nutshell: _make yourself one with Health in
+thought, word, and action; and do not connect yourself with sickness
+either by thought, word, or action_.
+
+Do not read "Doctor Books" or medical literature, or the literature of
+those whose theories conflict with those herein set forth; to do so will
+certainly undermine your faith in the Way of Living upon which you have
+entered, and cause you to again come into mental relations with disease.
+This book really gives you all that is required; nothing essential has
+been omitted, and practically all the superfluous has been eliminated.
+The Science of Being Well is an exact science, like arithmetic; nothing
+can be added to the fundamental principles, and if anything be taken
+from them, a failure will result. If you follow strictly the way of
+living prescribed in this book, you will be well; and you certainly CAN
+follow this way, both in thought and action.
+
+Relate not only yourself, but so far as possible all others, in your
+thoughts, to perfect health. Do not sympathize with people when they
+complain, or even when they are sick and suffering. Turn their thoughts
+into a constructive channel if you can; do all you can for their relief,
+but do it with the health thought in your mind. Do not let people tell
+their woes and catalogue their symptoms to you; turn the conversation to
+some other subject, or excuse yourself and go. Better be considered an
+unfeeling person than to have the disease thought forced upon you. When
+you are in company of people whose conversational stock-in-trade is
+sickness and kindred matters, ignore what they say and fall to offering
+a mental prayer of gratitude for your perfect health; and if that does
+not enable you to shut out their thoughts, say good-by and leave them.
+No matter what they think or say; politeness does not require you to
+permit yourself to be poisoned by diseased or perverted thought. When we
+have a few more hundreds of thousands of enlightened thinkers who will
+not stay where people complain and talk sickness, the world will advance
+rapidly toward health. When you let people talk to you of sickness, you
+assist them to increase and multiply sickness.
+
+What shall I do when I am in pain? Can one be in actual physical
+suffering and still think only thoughts of _health_?
+
+Yes. Do not resist pain; recognize that it is a good thing. Pain is
+caused by an effort of the Principle of Health to overcome some
+unnatural condition; this you must know and feel. When you have a pain,
+think that a process of healing is going on in the affected part, and
+mentally assist and co-operate with it. Put yourself in full mental
+harmony with the power which is causing the pain; assist it; help it
+along. Do not hesitate, when necessary, to use hot fomentations and
+similar means to further the good work which is going on. If the pain is
+severe, lie down and give your mind to the work of quietly and easily
+co-operating with the force which is at work for your good. This is the
+time to exercise gratitude and faith; be thankful for the power of
+health which is causing the pain, and be certain that the pain will
+cease as soon as the good work is done. Fix your thoughts, with
+confidence, on the Principle of Health which is making such conditions
+within you that pain will soon be unnecessary. You will be surprised to
+find how easily you can conquer pain; and after you have lived for a
+time in this Scientific Way, pains and aches will be things unknown to
+you.
+
+What shall I do when I am too weak for my work? Shall I drive myself
+beyond my strength, trusting in God to support me? Shall I go on, like
+the runner, expecting a "second wind"?
+
+No; better not. When you begin to live in this Way, you will probably
+not be of normal strength; and you will gradually pass from a low
+physical condition to a higher one. If you relate yourself mentally with
+health and strength, and perform the voluntary functions of life in a
+perfectly healthy manner, your strength will increase from day to day;
+but for a time you may have days when your strength is insufficient for
+the work you would like to do. At such times rest, and exercise
+gratitude. Recognize the fact that your strength is growing rapidly, and
+feel a deep thankfulness to the Living One from whom it comes. Spend an
+hour of weakness in thanksgiving and rest, with full faith that great
+strength is at hand; and then get up and go on again. While you rest do
+not think of your present weakness; _think of the strength that is
+coming_.
+
+Never, at any time, allow yourself to think that you are giving way to
+weakness; when you rest, as when you go to sleep, fix your mind on the
+Principle of Health which is building you into complete strength.
+
+What shall I do about that great bugaboo which scares millions of people
+to death every year--Constipation?
+
+Do nothing. Read Horace Fletcher on "The A B Z or Our Own Nutrition,"
+and get the full force of his explanation of the fact that when you live
+on this scientific plan you need not, and indeed cannot, have an
+evacuation of the bowels every day; and that an operation in from once
+in three days to once in two weeks is quite sufficient for perfect
+health. The gross feeders who eat from three to ten times as much as can
+be utilized in their systems have a great amount of waste to eliminate;
+but if you live in the manner we have described it will be otherwise
+with you.
+
+If you eat only when you have an EARNED HUNGER, and chew every mouthful
+to a liquid, and if you stop eating the instant you BEGIN to be
+conscious of an abatement of your hunger, you will so perfectly prepare
+your food for digestion and assimilation that practically all of it will
+be taken up by the absorbents; and there will be little--almost
+nothing--remaining in the bowels to be excreted. If you are able to
+entirely banish from your memory all that you have read in "doctor
+books" and patent medicine advertisements concerning constipation, you
+need give the matter no further thought at all. The Principle of Health
+will take care of it.
+
+But if your mind has been filled with fear-thought in regard to
+constipation, it may be well in the beginning for you to occasionally
+flush the colon with warm water. There is not the least need of doing
+it, except to make the process of your mental emancipation from fear a
+little easier; it may be worth while for that. And as soon as you see
+that you are making good progress, and that you have cut down your
+quantity of food, and are really eating in the Scientific Way, dismiss
+constipation from your mind forever; you have nothing more to do with
+it. Put your trust in that Principle within you which has the power to
+give you perfect health; relate It by your reverent gratitude to the
+Principle of Life which is All Power, and go on your way rejoicing.
+
+What about exercise?
+
+Every one is the better for a little all-round use of the muscles every
+day; and the best way to get this is to do it by engaging in some form
+of play or amusement. Get your exercise in the natural way; as
+recreation, not as a forced stunt for health's sake alone. Ride a horse
+or a bicycle; play tennis or tenpins, or toss a ball. Have some
+avocation like gardening in which you can spend an hour every day with
+pleasure and profit; there are a thousand ways in which you can get
+exercise enough to keep your body supple and your circulation good, and
+yet not fall into the rut of "exercising for your health." Exercise for
+fun or profit; exercise because you are too healthy to sit still, and
+not because you wish to become healthy, or to remain so.
+
+Are long continued fasts necessary?
+
+Seldom, if ever. The Principle of Health does not often require twenty,
+thirty, or forty days to get ready for action; under normal conditions,
+hunger will come in much less time. In most long fasts, the reason
+hunger does not come sooner is because it has been inhibited by the
+patient himself. He begins the fast with the FEAR if not actually with
+the hope that it will be many days before hunger comes; the literature
+he has read on the subject has prepared him to expect a long fast, and
+he is grimly determined to go to a finish, let the time be as long as it
+will. And the sub-conscious mind, under the influence of powerful and
+positive suggestion, suspends hunger.
+
+When, for any reason, nature takes away your hunger, go cheerfully on
+with your usual work, and do not eat until she gives it back. No matter
+if it is two, three, ten days, or longer; you may be perfectly sure that
+when it is time for you to eat you will be hungry; and if you are
+cheerfully confident and keep your faith in health, you will suffer
+from no weakness or discomfort caused by abstinence. When you are not
+hungry, you will feel stronger, happier, and more comfortable if you do
+not eat than you will if you do eat; no matter how long the fast. And if
+you live in the scientific way described in this book, you will never
+have to take long fasts; you will seldom miss a meal, and you will enjoy
+your meals more than ever before in your life. Get an earned hunger
+before you eat; and whenever you get an earned hunger, eat.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII.
+
+A SUMMARY OF THE SCIENCE OF BEING WELL.
+
+
+Health is perfectly natural functioning, normal living. There is a
+Principle of Life in the universe; it is the Living Substance, from
+which all things are made. This Living Substance permeates, penetrates,
+and fills the interspaces of the universe. In its invisible state it is
+in and through all forms; and yet all forms are made of it. To
+illustrate: Suppose that a very fine and highly diffusible aqueous vapor
+should permeate and penetrate a block of ice. The ice is formed from
+living water, and is living water in form; while the vapor is also
+living water, unformed, permeating a form made from itself. This
+illustration will explain how Living Substance permeates all forms made
+from It; all life comes from It; it is all the life there is.
+
+This Universal Substance is a thinking substance, and takes the form of
+its thought. The thought of a form, held by it, creates the form; and
+the thought of a motion causes the motion. It cannot help thinking, and
+so is forever creating; and it must move on toward fuller and more
+complete expression of itself. This means toward more complete life and
+more perfect functioning; and that means toward perfect health.
+
+The power of the living substance must always be exerted toward perfect
+health; it is a force in all things making for perfect functioning.
+
+_All things are permeated by a power which makes for health._
+
+_Man can relate himself to this power, and ally himself with it_; he can
+also separate himself from it in his thoughts.
+
+_Man is a form of this Living Substance, and has within him a Principle
+of Health._ This Principle of Health, when in full constructive
+activity, causes all the involuntary functions of man's body to be
+perfectly performed.
+
+_Man is a thinking substance, permeating a visible body, and the
+processes of his body are controlled by his thought._
+
+When man thinks only thoughts of perfect health, the internal processes
+of his body will be those of perfect health. Man's first step toward
+perfect health must be to form a conception of himself as perfectly
+healthy, and as doing all things in the way and manner of a perfectly
+healthy person. Having formed this conception, he must relate himself to
+it in all his thoughts, and sever all thought relations with disease and
+weakness.
+
+If he does this, and thinks his thoughts of health with positive FAITH,
+man will cause the Principle of Health within him to become
+constructively active, and to heal all his diseases. He can receive
+additional power from the universal Principle of Life by faith, and he
+can acquire faith by looking to this Principle of Life with reverent
+gratitude for the health it gives him. If man will consciously accept
+the health which is being continually given to him by the Living
+Substance, and if he will be duly grateful therefor, he will develop
+faith.
+
+Man cannot think only thoughts of perfect health unless he performs the
+voluntary functions of life in a perfectly healthy manner. These
+voluntary functions are eating, drinking, breathing, and sleeping. If
+man thinks only thoughts of health, has faith in health, and eats,
+drinks, breathes, and sleeps in a perfectly healthy way, he must have
+perfect health.
+
+Health is the result of thinking and acting in a Certain Way; and if a
+sick man begins to think and act in this Way, the Principle of Health
+within him will come into constructive activity and heal all his
+diseases. This Principle of Heath is the same in all, and is related to
+the Life Principle of the universe; it is able to heal every disease,
+and will come into activity whenever man thinks and acts in accordance
+with the Science of Being Well. Therefore, every man can attain to
+perfect health.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+
+
+ THE SCIENCE OF BEING WELL
+ AND
+ GETTING RICH RIGHT
+
+
+ Is further elucidated in THE NAUTILUS MAGAZINE, published
+ monthly for the express purpose of Making The Man And Woman Who
+ Can Do What They Will To Do. It abounds in practical ideas and
+ in the bright inspiration that impels you to _use_ the ideas.
+ Use it as first aid!
+
+ THE NAUTILUS teaches and inspires Health, Wealth, and Happiness
+ in all departments of life.
+
+ Wallace D. Wattles who wrote this book teaches Constructive
+ Science in every number of the magazine. How to think so as to
+ promote yourself in Health and Success is what you want to know.
+ He teaches it!
+
+ Elizabeth Towne and William E. Towne teach it, too. They are the
+ editors and owners of THE NAUTILUS, and their success is worth
+ knowing about and learning from.
+
+ There are many splendid contributors to THE NAUTILUS--Ella
+ Wheeler Wilcox, Edwin Markham, Thomas Drier, Adelaide Keen,
+ Grace MacGowan Cooke, and Florence Morse Kingsley among them.
+ Get in touch with Health and Success, and with Happy and
+ Successful people through THE NAUTILUS.
+
+ There is a Family Counsel Department where Elizabeth Towne
+ answers personal problems for those who ask. In the Success
+ Department everybody is invited to say his say, and prizes are
+ given for best letters.
+
+ Don't miss Wallace D. Wattles' great new serial story "As a
+ Grain of Mustard Seed" which begins in an early number of the
+ magazine.
+
+ Send $1.00 for a year's subscription to THE NAUTILUS, with a
+ copy of "Making The Man Who Can" and "Marital Unrest: a New
+ Remedy," both by Wallace D. Wattles. Or, send 10 cents for a
+ 3 months' trial, and a copy of "Marital Unrest."
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ Do you want more books on Health and Success? Read Wallace D.
+ Wattles' "Science of Getting Rich," and Bruce McClelland's
+ "Prosperity Through Thought Force," to which Ella Wheeler Wilcox
+ gave nearly a page of space in the New York Journal; and read
+ "Health and Wealth from Within," by William E. Towne and
+ "Practical Methods for Self-Development" by Elizabeth Towne.
+ Price of these books, $1.00 each, all 4 for $3.50. And don't
+ you want to read Wallace D. Wattles' "New Science of Living and
+ Healing," price 50 cents?
+
+ Address, ELIZABETH TOWNE,
+
+ DEPT. TH, HOLYOKE, MASS.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Science of Being Well, by
+Wallace Delois Wattles
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE SCIENCE OF BEING WELL ***
+
+***** This file should be named 33917.txt or 33917.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ http://www.gutenberg.org/3/3/9/1/33917/
+
+Produced by Norbert H. Langkau, Jana Srna and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
+book was produced from scanned images of public domain
+material from the Google Print project.)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/33917.zip b/33917.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af2096c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/33917.zip
Binary files differ
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bff404a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #33917 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/33917)
generated by cgit v1.2.3 (git 2.25.1) at 2025-12-26 08:50:55 +0000